US20050039079A1 - Test emulator, test module emulator, and record medium storing program therein - Google Patents

Test emulator, test module emulator, and record medium storing program therein Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050039079A1
US20050039079A1 US10/814,603 US81460304A US2005039079A1 US 20050039079 A1 US20050039079 A1 US 20050039079A1 US 81460304 A US81460304 A US 81460304A US 2005039079 A1 US2005039079 A1 US 2005039079A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
test
section
module
emulation
test signal
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/814,603
Inventor
Shinsaku Higashi
Seiji Ichiyoshi
Ankan Pramanick
Mark Elston
Leon Chen
Robert Sauer
Ramachandran Krishnaswamy
Harsanjeet Singh
Toshiaki Adachi
Yoshihumi Tahara
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Advantest Corp
Original Assignee
Advantest Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2004/001648 external-priority patent/WO2004072669A1/en
Application filed by Advantest Corp filed Critical Advantest Corp
Priority to US10/814,603 priority Critical patent/US20050039079A1/en
Assigned to ADVANTEST CORPORATION reassignment ADVANTEST CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ADACHI, TOSHIAKI, PRAMANICK, ANKAN, SINGH, HARSANJEET, SAUER, ROBERT, CHEN, LEON, ELSTON, MARK, KRISHNASWAMY, RAMACHANDRAN, TAHARA, YOSHIHUMI, ICHIYOSHI, SEIJI, HIGASHI, SHINSAKU
Publication of US20050039079A1 publication Critical patent/US20050039079A1/en
Assigned to ADVANTEST CORPORATION reassignment ADVANTEST CORPORATION CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE EXECUTION DATE, PREVIOUSLY RECORDED AT REEL/FRAME 015938/0630 (ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNOR'S INTEREST) Assignors: ADACHI, TOSHIAKI, PRAMANICK, ANKAN, SAUER, ROBERT, CHEN, LEON, ELSTON, MARK, KRISHNASWAMY, RAMACHANDRAN, SINGH, HARSANJEET, TAHARA, YOSHIHUMI, ICHIYOSHI, SEIJI, HIGASHI, SHINSAKU
Priority to US11/860,469 priority patent/US20080010524A1/en
Priority to US11/860,437 priority patent/US20080016396A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01RMEASURING ELECTRIC VARIABLES; MEASURING MAGNETIC VARIABLES
    • G01R31/00Arrangements for testing electric properties; Arrangements for locating electric faults; Arrangements for electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere
    • G01R31/28Testing of electronic circuits, e.g. by signal tracer
    • G01R31/317Testing of digital circuits
    • G01R31/3181Functional testing
    • G01R31/3183Generation of test inputs, e.g. test vectors, patterns or sequences
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01RMEASURING ELECTRIC VARIABLES; MEASURING MAGNETIC VARIABLES
    • G01R31/00Arrangements for testing electric properties; Arrangements for locating electric faults; Arrangements for electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere
    • G01R31/28Testing of electronic circuits, e.g. by signal tracer
    • G01R31/317Testing of digital circuits
    • G01R31/3181Functional testing
    • G01R31/3183Generation of test inputs, e.g. test vectors, patterns or sequences
    • G01R31/318307Generation of test inputs, e.g. test vectors, patterns or sequences computer-aided, e.g. automatic test program generator [ATPG], program translations, test program debugging
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01RMEASURING ELECTRIC VARIABLES; MEASURING MAGNETIC VARIABLES
    • G01R31/00Arrangements for testing electric properties; Arrangements for locating electric faults; Arrangements for electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere
    • G01R31/28Testing of electronic circuits, e.g. by signal tracer
    • G01R31/317Testing of digital circuits
    • G01R31/3181Functional testing
    • G01R31/3183Generation of test inputs, e.g. test vectors, patterns or sequences
    • G01R31/318342Generation of test inputs, e.g. test vectors, patterns or sequences by preliminary fault modelling, e.g. analysis, simulation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01RMEASURING ELECTRIC VARIABLES; MEASURING MAGNETIC VARIABLES
    • G01R31/00Arrangements for testing electric properties; Arrangements for locating electric faults; Arrangements for electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere
    • G01R31/28Testing of electronic circuits, e.g. by signal tracer
    • G01R31/317Testing of digital circuits
    • G01R31/3181Functional testing
    • G01R31/319Tester hardware, i.e. output processing circuits
    • G01R31/31903Tester hardware, i.e. output processing circuits tester configuration
    • G01R31/31907Modular tester, e.g. controlling and coordinating instruments in a bus based architecture

Definitions

  • the present invention also relates to a U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/404,002 filed on 31 Mar. 2003, a U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/403,817 filed on 31 Mar. 2003, an International Patent Application No. PCT/JP2004/001649 filed on 16 Feb. 2004, and an International Patent Application No. PCT/JP2004/001648 filed on 16 Feb. 2004, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the present invention relates to a test emulator, a test module emulator, and a record medium storing program therein. More particularly, the present invention relates to a test emulator, a test module emulator, and a record medium storing program therein for emulating test apparatuses including a plurality of exchangeable test modules for supplying a test signal to DUTs respectively, and verifying a test environment without using real things such as a DUT or a test module.
  • each emulator unit for emulating function of each hardware unit of a semiconductor test apparatus; a device emulator for emulating function of DUT; means for collecting data required for execution of a test program from each of the emulator units based on a test program; and an emulator including a device test emulator for generating a test signal in a device emulator based on the collected data, comparing result signals from the device emulator, and storing the result therein.
  • the Japanese patent application publication No.2000-267881 discloses a semiconductor simulating apparatus for accurately simulating voltage and current which change depending on internal resistance of the DUT.
  • the Japanese patent application publications No.2001-51025 discloses a program debugging apparatus for a semiconductor test including: tester emulation means for emulating operation of the semiconductor test apparatus; hardware description language simulating means for simulating the DUT based on the hardware description language; and debugging means for debugging the program for the semiconductor test based on the simulating result of the DUT.
  • the Japanese patent application publications No. 2001-134457 discloses a program debugging apparatus for a semiconductor test for composing data points corresponding to each pin at high speed when emulating operation of the semiconductor test apparatus.
  • the Japanese patent application publications No. 2002-333469 discloses a program debugging apparatus for a semiconductor test for verifying program for the semiconductor test being composed for a semiconductor device including an analogue output terminal.
  • a test emulator for emulating a test apparatus including a plurality of test modules for supplying a test signal to devices under test respectively.
  • the test emulator includes: a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on different cycles; a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section; a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and a schedule section for causing the test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output
  • the test emulator may further include a device under test simulating section for simulating operation of a device under test based on the test signal generated in simulation.
  • the synchronous emulation section may further generate interruption collection timings for collecting interruption to the control apparatus generated in simulation by each of the plurality of test module emulation sections during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timings, the timing alignment section may align the plurality of test signal generating timings and the plurality of interruption collection timings in order of time, and outputs them one by one, and the schedule section may cause the test module emulation section corresponding to the interruption collection timing to notify the control emulation section of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time at which the test module emulation section generates the test signal just before the interruption collection timing, in case that the timing alignment section outputs one of the interruption collection timings.
  • Each of the plurality of test module emulation sections may generate change timing of the test signal in the cycle time at the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing
  • the test emulator may further include a DUT connection section for acquiring the plurality of change timings generated by the plurality of test module emulation sections, and for changing the test signal in simulation one by one in order of time based on the plurality of change timings.
  • the DUT connection section supplies the plurality of change timings acquired from the plurality of test module emulation sections to the timing alignment section
  • the timing alignment section may align the plurality of change timings, the plurality of test signal generating timings, and the plurality of interruption collection timings in order of time, and outputs them one by one
  • the schedule section may cause the DUT connection section to change the test signal in simulation at the change timing, in case that the timing alignment section outputs one of the change timings.
  • Each of the plurality of the test module emulation sections may notify the synchronous emulation section of the cycle end timing at which the cycle time ends during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and the synchronous emulation section may generate the test signal generating timings at which the test module emulation section generates the test signal in simulation corresponding to next cycle time based on the cycle end timing notified from each of the plurality of test module emulation sections.
  • the schedule section may cause the interruption generated in simulation by the test module emulation section corresponding to the test signal generating timing to be notified to the control emulation section during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time just before the test signal generating timing, in case that the timing alignment section outputs the test signal generating timing corresponding to the next cycle time.
  • Each of the plurality of test module emulation sections may be realized by operating test module emulation program corresponding to the test module emulation section by a computer, and the test module emulation program may include: a plurality of hardware emulation functions, being provided corresponding to a plurality of commands received by the test module from the control apparatus respectively, for emulating operation of the test module corresponding to the command; and a control function used in order for the schedule section to cause the test emulator to generate the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
  • a record medium storing therein program for causing a computer to function as a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses including a plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively.
  • the program causes the computer to function as: a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on different cycles; a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section; a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and a schedule section for causing the test module
  • a test module emulator for emulating a test module among a plurality of test modules by a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses including the plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively based on a different cycle.
  • the test emulator includes: a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section; a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and a schedule section for causing the test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by the timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and the test module emulator includes a pattern generator emulation section for generating the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings based on instructions from the schedule section.
  • the test module emulator may further includes a test module interface emulation section for notifying a synchronous emulation section of cycle end timing at which the cycle corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings ends, and causing the synchronous emulation section to further generate the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulator is to generate the test signal in simulation for the next time based on the cycle end timing.
  • a record medium storing therein program for causing a computer to function as a test module emulator for emulating a test module among a plurality of test modules as for a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses including the plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively based on a different cycle.
  • the test emulator includes: a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section; a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and a schedule section for causing the test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by the timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and the program causes the computer to function as a pattern generator emulation section for generating the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings based on instructions from the schedule section.
  • a test apparatus including a test module for supplying a test signal to a device under test.
  • the test apparatus includes: a control apparatus for controlling a test of the device under test; a test module for generating a test signal based on a cycle; and a test module emulation section for emulating the test module.
  • the control apparatus inputs an instruction about which of a real test or a simulation test is to be selected for the test of the device under test, the control apparatus supplies the test module with a test program for testing the device under test and causes the test module to test the device under test when the instruction indicates that the real test of the device under test is to be performed, and the control apparatus supplies the test module emulation section with a test program for testing the device under test and causes the test module emulation section to simulate the test of the device under test when the instructions indicates that the simulation test of the device under test is to be performed.
  • the control unit may execute communication software for performing communication processing between the control unit and the test module, and the communication software may decide whether the test program is to be supplied to the test module or the test module emulation section based on the instructions included in calling for initializing the communication software in cooperation with the control apparatus.
  • a test emulator for emulating a test apparatus including a plurality of test modules for supplying a test signal to devices under test.
  • the test emulator includes: a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on a cycle; a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; and a schedule section for scheduling test signal generating timing at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate test signal corresponding to a cycle time in simulation.
  • the test module emulation section outputs variation of voltage of the test signal during the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing by calling voltage setting method of an output channel object which emulates an output channel for multiple times on receiving the test signal generating timing by a function call, and the test module emulation section notifies that output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time is finished by calling an end method of the output channel object output after the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time is finished.
  • the schedule section may calculate a period during which all of the test module emulation sections finishes the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal based on the end method notified from each of the plurality of test module emulation sections, and the test emulator may further comprise a device under test simulating section for acquiring the test signal within the period and simulates operation of the device under test during the period based on the test signal.
  • the output channel object may forbid the variation of the voltage in the period during which the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal was finished, which was notified by the end method, after the end method was called.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a test apparatus 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of a test emulator 190 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram exemplary showing a hardware configuration of a computer 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of a test module emulation section 270 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of a class hierarchical structure 500 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a flow chart showing a test signal generating processing flow of the test emulator 190 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a drawing exemplary showing the test signal simulated by the test emulator 190 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates software architecture according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the use of test classes according to an embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a Unified Modelling Language (UML) diagram illustrating the interaction of a tester system and different vendor-supplied module resources according to an embodiment of the invention.
  • UML Unified Modelling Language
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an embodiment of site controller objects for managing a user's test as maintained by a site controller.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an embodiment of an object surrogate at the system controller side that represents the site controller object shown in FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a test environment according to an embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an example of a simulation configuration file according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates another example of the simulation configuration file according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an example of an offline configuration file according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates another example of the offline configuration file according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates an example of a class hierarchical structure 5200 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a specification diagram of a channel object according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates a specification diagram of an event object according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates an example of a base class of the digital module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates an example of class declaration of the digital driver module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates an example of a handleEvent method of the digital driver module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 illustrates class declaration of the digital strobe module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an example of a handleEvent method of the digital strobe module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates an example of a class definition of a DUT model according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates an example of a run method of the DUT model according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 28A and 28B illustrate positioning of a system bus access library 6014 in real environment 6000 and emulation environment 6050 .
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a test apparatus 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the test apparatus 10 generates a test signal, supplies it to a DUT 100 (Device Under Test), and judges acceptability of the DUT 100 based on whether a result signal, which is output from the DUT 100 as a result of the DUT 100 being operated based on the test signal, coincides with an expected value.
  • the test apparatus 10 according to the present embodiment is realized by an open architecture, and various kinds of modules based on the open architecture are used as a test module 170 and the like for supplying the test signal to the DUT 100 .
  • the test apparatus 10 includes a test emulator 190 for emulating a real test of the DUT 1000 , and the test emulator 190 provides an emulation environment for appropriately changing a configuration in response to the change of the test module 170 and the like used for the real test, and for appropriately emulating the real test of the DUT 1000 .
  • the test apparatus 10 includes a system controller 110 , a telecommunication network 120 , site controllers 130 a - 130 c , a bus switch 140 , synchronous modules 150 a - 150 b , synchronous connection modules 160 a - 160 b , the test modules 170 a - 170 b , a load board 180 , and the test emulator 190 .
  • the test apparatus 10 connects with the DUTs 100 a - 100 b.
  • the system controller 110 receives and stores test control program, test program, test data and the like, which is used for the test of the DUTs 100 a - 100 b by the test apparatus 10 , through an external network or the like.
  • the telecommunication network 120 connects the system controller 110 , the site controllers 130 a - 130 c , and the test emulator 190 , and relays communication between them.
  • the site controllers 130 a - 130 c are examples of the control apparatus according to the present invention, and control the test of the DUTs 100 .
  • each of the plurality of site controllers 130 controls the test of one of the DUTs 100 respectively.
  • the site controller 130 a controls the test of the DUT 100 a
  • the site controller 130 b controls the test of the DUT 100 b .
  • the plurality of site controllers 130 control the test of the plurality of DUTs 100 respectively.
  • the site controller 130 acquires the test control program from the system controller 110 through the telecommunication network 120 and executes it. Next, based on the test control program, the site controller 130 acquires the test program and the test data used for the test of the DUT 100 from the system controller 110 , and stores them in a module, such as the synchronous modules 150 or one or a plurality of the test module 170 , which is used for the test of the DUT 100 , through the bus switch 140 . Next, the site controller 130 instructs the start of the test to the synchronous module 150 through the bus switch 140 based on the test program and the test data. Then, the site controller 130 receives an interruption, which indicates that the test is completed, from, for example, the synchronous module 150 , and causes each of the modules to perform the next test based on the test result.
  • a module such as the synchronous modules 150 or one or a plurality of the test module 170
  • the bus switch 140 connects each of the plurality of site controllers 130 to the synchronous modules 150 and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 which are controlled by the site controller 130 , and relays the communication between them.
  • a predetermined site controller 130 sets up the bus switch 140 in order to connect each of the plurality of site controllers 130 with the synchronous module 150 and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 used by the site controller 130 for the test of the DUT 100 , based on the instruction of a user of the test apparatus 10 , the test control program, etc. For example, in FIG.
  • the site controller 130 a is set up so that it connects with the synchronous module 150 a and the plurality of test modules 170 a , thereby the DUT 100 a is tested.
  • the site controller 130 b is set up so that it connects with the synchronous module 150 b and the plurality of test modules 170 b , thereby the DUT 100 b is tested.
  • the synchronous connection modules 160 b and one or a plurality of the test module 170 b are substantially the same as configuration and operation of the site controller 130 a for testing the DUT 100 a using the synchronous module 150 a , the synchronous connection modules 160 a and one or a plurality of the test module 170 a , the configuration and the operation of the site controller 130 a for testing the DUT 100 a will be mainly described hereinafter unless there is no difference.
  • the synchronous module 150 a generates a test signal generating timing, at which the plurality of test modules 170 used for the test of the DUT 100 a are to generate the test signal, based on the instruction of the site controller 130 a . Moreover, the synchronous module 150 a receives the test result from one or a plurality of the test modules 170 a through the synchronous connection module 160 a , and causes one or a plurality of the test module 170 a to perform sequence of the test program according to the acceptability of the test result.
  • the synchronous connection module 160 a notifies the test module 170 a of the test signal generating timing generated by the synchronous module 150 a , where the test module 170 a is to be operated corresponding to the test signal generating timing. Then, the synchronous connection module 160 a causes each of one or a plurality of the test modules 170 a to operate at a predetermined timing. Moreover, the synchronous connection module 160 a receives the test result from one or a plurality of the test modules 170 a , and transmits it to the synchronous module 150 a.
  • the plurality of test modules 170 a connect with a part of a plurality of terminals of the 100 a respectively, and tests the DUT 100 a based on the test program and the test data stored in the site controller 130 a .
  • test module 170 a generates the test signal from the test data based on the sequence defined by the test program, and supplies the test signal to the terminals of the DUT 100 a connected to the test modules 170 a .
  • test module 170 a acquires the result signal, which is output as a result of the DUT 100 a being operated based on the test signal, and the result signal is compared with an expected value.
  • the test module 170 a transmits the comparison result of the result signal and the expected value to the synchronous connection module 160 a as the test result.
  • the plurality of test modules 170 a generate the test signal based on different cycles in order to change the cycle of the test signal dynamically based on the test program and the test data.
  • test module 170 a generates an interruption to the site controller 130 a , when the processing of the test program is completed, or when an abnormality occurs during the execution of the test program. This interruption is notified to the site controller 130 a corresponding to the test module 170 a through the bus switch 140 , and interruption processing is performed by the processor of the site controller 130 a.
  • the plurality of DUTs 100 are mounted on the load board 180 , by which the plurality of test modules 170 and the corresponding terminals of the DUTs 100 are connected.
  • the test emulator 190 emulates the test apparatus 10 based on the test control program, the test program, and the test data stored in the system controller 110 . Then, the test emulator 190 simulates the test of the DUT 100 using the simulation model of the DUT 100 . In the present embodiment, the test emulator 190 simulates the operation of the site controller 130 , the synchronous module 150 and the synchronous connection modules 160 and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 controlled by the site controller 130 , and the DUT 100 which is to be tested by the corresponding site controller 130 .
  • test emulator 190 By using the test emulator 190 , the user of the test apparatus 10 starts the verification of the test control program, the test program, and/or the test data prior to the preparation of the DUT 100 , the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , the test module 170 , etc. Moreover, by providing the plurality of test emulators 190 , the test control program, the test program, and/or the test data are developed, without each of the plurality of users occupying the expensive real test environment.
  • the test apparatus 10 is realized by an open architecture and various kinds of modules, which fulfil the specification of the open architecture, are utilized. Then, the test apparatus 10 is used by inserting the modules, such as the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , and the test module 170 , into arbitrary connection slots of the bus switch 140 . At this time, the user of the test apparatus 10 etc. changes topology of the bus switch 140 through the site controller 130 a for example, causes the plurality of modules used for the test of the DUT 100 to connect with the site controller 130 for controlling the test of the DUT 100 .
  • the modules such as the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , and the test module 170 .
  • the user of the test apparatus 10 selects a suitable module according to the number of the terminals, the arrangement of the terminals, the kind of the terminals, or the kind of the test for each of the plurality of the DUTs 100 , and mounts the module on the test apparatus 10 .
  • the synchronous connection module 160 a and the synchronous connection module 160 b are realized by a synchronous connection section provided for all of the test modules 170 used for the test apparatus 10 .
  • the user of the test apparatus 10 etc. selects a suitable module according to the property of the plurality of DUTs 100 by changing the topology of the synchronous connection section and the test module 170 with the change of the topology of the bus switch 140 .
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the test emulator 190 according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the test emulator 190 includes a site control emulation section 230 , a bus switch emulation section 240 , a synchronous module emulation section 250 , a synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , one or a plurality of test module emulation sections 270 , a DUT connection section 280 , a DUT simulating section 200 , and a schedule control section 275 .
  • a case where the test emulator 190 emulates the test of the DUT 100 a by the site controller 130 a will be explained.
  • the site control emulation section 230 emulates the site controller 130 a illustrated in FIG. 1 . That is, the site control emulation section 230 acquires the test control program from the system controller 110 through the telecommunication network 120 and executes it. Next, the site control emulation section 230 acquires the test program and the test data, which are used for the test of the DUT 100 a based on the test control program, from the system controller 110 , and stores them in module emulation sections such as the synchronous module emulation section 250 or one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 through the bus switch emulation section 240 .
  • module emulation sections such as the synchronous module emulation section 250 or one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 through the bus switch emulation section 240 .
  • the site control emulation section 230 issues simulation commands, such as read-out access and write-in access from/to a storage area in the module, to the bus switch emulation section 240 , where real commands are to be issued by the site controller 130 a to the synchronous modules 150 a and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 a .
  • the site control emulation section 230 stores the test program and the test data in the synchronous module emulation sections 250 , one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 , etc. through the bus switch emulation section 240 by issuing the write-in access of the test program and the test data in simulation to the bus switch emulation section 240 .
  • the site control emulation section 230 receives the interruption simulated by the synchronous module emulation section 250 and the test module emulation section 270 through the bus switch emulation section 240 , and simulates the interruption processing of the site controller 130 a.
  • the bus switch emulation section 240 emulates the bus switch 140 illustrated in FIG. 1 , and relays the communication between the site control emulation section 230 , and the synchronous module emulation sections 250 and one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 .
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 emulates the synchronous module 150 illustrated in FIG. 1 , and generates the test signal generating timing, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to the cycle time of the test module emulation section 270 , based on the instructions from the site control emulation section 230 .
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 receives cycle end timing, which is the end timing of the cycle time, from the test module emulation section 270 which generates the test signal.
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates: a test signal generating timing at which the test module emulation section 270 is to generate the next test signal; a test result collection timing for collecting the test results from the test module emulation section 270 ; a cycle termination timing for causing the test module emulation section 270 to terminate the processing of the cycle time; and an interruption collection timing for collecting the interruption to the site control emulation section 230 from the test module emulation section 270 .
  • the interruption to the site control emulation section 230 from the test module emulation section 270 is the simulated interruption generated by each of the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 for the site controller 130 a during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
  • the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 emulates the synchronous connection module 160 illustrated in FIG. 1 , and notifies the schedule control section 275 of the test signal generating timing generated by the synchronous module emulation section 250 in simulation, the test result collection timing and the cycle termination timing and the interruption collection timing which are generated by the synchronous module emulation section 250 for the emulation. Moreover, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 receives the test result from one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 , and transmits it to the synchronous module emulation section 250 .
  • the test module emulation section 270 receives instruction of a cycle start from the synchronous module emulation section 250 which received instructions of a test signal generation, and generates the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing based on the test program and the test data stored in the site control emulation section 230 . More specifically, the test module emulation section 270 generates a change timing of the test signal in simulation in the cycle time during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
  • the test module emulation section 270 generates change timings corresponding to a cycle time as a change timing of the test signal, where the number of the change timings is defined by specification of the test module 170 corresponding to the test module emulation section 270 . Moreover, the test module emulation section 270 acquires the output signal output as a result of the DUT simulating section 200 being operated in simulation based on the test signal, and compares the result with the expected value defined based on the test program and the test data. Then, the test module emulation section 270 transmits the comparison result of the result signal and the expected value to the synchronous module emulation section 250 through the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 as the test result.
  • the test module emulation section 270 in response to instruction of the interruption from the schedule section 277 , notifies the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time during which the last test signal before receiving the instruction of the interruption is generated.
  • the DUT connection section 280 acquires the plurality of change timings generated by the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 , and changes the test signal in simulation in order of time based on the plurality of change timings.
  • the DUT simulating section 200 simulates operation of the DUT 100 described by hardware description languages, such as Verilog-HDL or VHDL, based on the test signal acquired from the DUT connection section 280 . Then, the DUT simulating section 200 generates a result signal by the simulation, which is output as a result of the DUT 100 being operated based on the test signal, and supply it to the test module emulation section 270 through the DUT connection section 280 .
  • hardware description languages such as Verilog-HDL or VHDL
  • the schedule control section 275 controls the schedule which operates each of the module emulation sections based on various kinds of timings generated by the plurality of module emulation sections in the simulated test of the DUT 100 by the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 , and the DUT connection section 280 .
  • the schedule control section 275 includes a timing alignment section 276 and a schedule section 277 .
  • the timing alignment section 276 aligns the plurality of test signal generating timings, the plurality of interruption collection timings, the plurality of cycle termination timings and the plurality of test result collection timings, which are generated by the synchronous module emulation section 250 , and the plurality of change timings that are generated by one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 and are supplied by the DUT connection section 280 , in order of time. Then, the timing alignment section 276 outputs these aligned timings to the schedule section 277 one by one. The schedule section 277 notifies the module emulation section and the DUT connection section 280 corresponding to the timings of each of the timings output from the timing alignment section 276 one by one.
  • the schedule section 277 causes the module emulation section or the DUT connection section 280 to perform the operation corresponding to the timings.
  • the operation of the schedule section 277 according to the kind of the timing output from the timing alignment section 276 will be explained hereinafter.
  • timing alignment section 276 outputs test signal generating timing
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the test signal generating timing, and instructs the generation of the test signal by the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test signal generating timing through the synchronous module emulation section 250 . Thereby, the schedule section 277 causes the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test signal generating timing to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing through the synchronous module emulation section 250 .
  • the schedule section 277 instructs the generation of the interruption to the test module emulation section 270 which is designated corresponding to the interruption collection timing. Thereby, the schedule section 277 causes the test module emulation section 270 to notify the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time during which the test signal is generated just before the interruption collection timing.
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the cycle termination timing that the cycle end timing has come.
  • timing alignment section 276 outputs the test result collection timing
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test result collection timing that the test result collection timing has come.
  • the test module emulation section 270 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 through the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 of the comparison result of the result signal and the expected value in the cycle time.
  • the DUT connection section 280 supplies the plurality of change timing acquired from the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 to the timing alignment section 276 .
  • the timing alignment section 276 aligns the plurality of change timings and other various timings altogether in order of time.
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the DUT connection section 280 that the change timing has come, in order to change the test signal in simulation at the change timing.
  • the DUT connection section 280 changes the test signal in simulation at the change timing.
  • the test module emulation section 270 notifies the schedule control section 275 of result signal acquisition timing, which is a timing of the acquisition of the result signal. Then, the timing alignment section 276 aligns the result signal acquisition timing and the other various timings in order of time. In this case, when the timing alignment section 276 outputs the result signal acquisition timing, the schedule section 277 causes the DUT connection section 280 to supply the result signal to the test module emulation section 270 which is to acquire the result signal at the result signal acquisition timing.
  • the DUT connection section 280 acquires the plurality of change timings generated by the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 , and supplies them to the DUT simulating section 200 , without aligning them in order of time.
  • the DUT simulating section 200 aligns the plurality of supplied change timings in order of time, and performs the simulation of the DUT 100 based on a plurality of aligned change timings.
  • the test emulator 190 by providing the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 and one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 respectively corresponding to the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection modules 160 and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 of the real system of the test apparatus 10 , the module emulation sections can be easily replaced as other module emulation sections. Thereby, in case that one module is replaced as another modules in the real system of the test apparatus 10 , in the test emulator 190 , a module emulation section corresponding to the module is replaced by a module emulation section corresponding to the other module. Then substantially the same test environment as the real system of the test apparatus 10 is provided on the test emulator 190 .
  • the site control emulation section 230 , the bus switch emulation section 240 , the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the test module emulation section 270 , the schedule control section 275 , the DUT connection section 280 , and the DUT simulating section 200 are realized by a distributed system including a plurality of computers.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram exemplary showing a hardware configuration of the test emulator 190 according to the present embodiment of the invention.
  • the test emulator 190 according to the present embodiment is realized by a computer 20 which includes CPU 300 , ROM 310 , RAM 320 , a communication interface 330 , a hard disk drive 340 , a flexible disk drive 350 , and a CD-ROM drive 360 .
  • the CPU 300 operates based on the program stored in the ROM 310 and the RAM 320 , and controls each part.
  • the ROM 310 stores boot program which the CPU 300 executes during start up of a computer 20 , program depending on the hardware of the computer 20 and the like.
  • the RAM 320 stores program which the CPU 300 executes, data which the CPU 300 uses.
  • the communication interface 330 communicates with other equipments through a telecommunication network.
  • the hard disk drive 340 stores the program and the data which the computer 20 uses, and supplies them to the CPU 300 through the RAM 320 .
  • the flexible disk drive 350 reads program or data in a flexible disk 390 , and provides them to the RAM 320 .
  • the CD-ROM drive 360 reads program or data in a CD-ROM 395 , and provides them to the RAM 320 .
  • the program provided to the CPU 300 through the RAM 320 is stored in a record medium, such as the flexible disk 390 , the CD-ROM 395 , or an IC card, which is provided by a user.
  • the program is read from the record medium, installed in the computer 20 through the RAM 320 , and executed by the computer 20 .
  • the program modules which are installed and executed in/by the computer 20 and causes the computer 20 to function as the test emulator 190 , includes a DUT simulating module, a site control emulation module, a bus switch emulation module, a synchronous module emulation module, a synchronous connection module emulation module, a test module emulation module, a schedule control module, a timing alignment module, a schedule module, and a DUT connection module.
  • the programs or the modules causes the computer 20 to function as the DUT simulating section 200 , the site control emulation section 230 , the bus switch emulation section 240 , the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the test module emulation section 270 , the schedule control section 275 , the timing alignment section 276 , the schedule section 277 , and the DUT connection section 280 respectively.
  • the programs or the modules described above are stored in an external record medium. It is possible to use an optical record medium such as DVD or PD, a magneto-optical record medium such as Minidisk, a tape medium, a magnetic record medium or a semiconductor memory such as an IC card as a record medium instead of the flexible disk 390 and the CD-ROM 395 .
  • an optical record medium such as DVD or PD
  • a magneto-optical record medium such as Minidisk
  • a tape medium such as a tape medium
  • a magnetic record medium or a semiconductor memory such as an IC card
  • a storage device such as a hard disk or RAM in a server system on a dedicated telecommunication network or the Internet, is used as a record medium and the program may be provided to the computer 20 via the telecommunication network.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the test module emulation section 270 according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the test module emulation section 270 is realized by operating the test module emulation program or test module emulation module corresponding to the test module emulation section 270 by the computer 20 .
  • the test module emulation section 270 includes a plurality of hardware emulation functions provided corresponding to each of the plurality of commands received by the test module 170 through the bus switch 140 from the site controller 130 , and a control function called in order to notify the test module emulation section 270 of various kinds of timings.
  • the test module emulation section 270 operates in response to the call to these functions from the bus switch emulation section 240 and the schedule control section 275 .
  • control function is used in order for the schedule control section 275 to order the generation of the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and to order to notify the site control emulation section 230 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time when the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal just before the interruption collection timing.
  • the test module emulation section 270 includes a test module IF emulation section 400 (test module interface emulation section), a pattern generator emulation section 430 , a waveform shaper emulation section 440 , a pin control emulation section 450 , and a parameter measurement emulation section 460 .
  • the test module IF emulation section 400 is started-up when the hardware emulation function is called from the bus switch emulation section 240 , and when the control function is called from the schedule control section 275 .
  • the test module IF emulation section 400 controls the operation of the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to these function calling.
  • the test module IF emulation section 400 includes a machine word DB 420 and a control function processing section 410 .
  • the machine word DB 420 emulates a storage area stored in the storage area provided in the test module 170 .
  • the machine word DB 420 receives a command from the site control emulation section 230 in simulation through the bus switch emulation section 240 by the calling of the hardware emulation function, it accesses the storage area in the machine word DB 420 corresponding to the command.
  • the test module IF emulation section 400 stores a plurality of hardware emulation functions for emulating the operation of the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to a plurality of commands, such as read-out access and write-in access, respectively.
  • the test module IF emulation section 400 replies the data in the machine word DB 420 corresponding to the storage area for the read-out access, to the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240 .
  • the machine word DB 420 when the machine word DB 420 receives the write-in access, it stores the data to be written in the storage area of the machine word DB 420 corresponding to the storage area for the write-in access. For example, when the machine word DB 420 receives the write-in access of the test program or the test data from the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240 , it stores the test programs or the test data in the storage area of the machine word DB 420 corresponding to the write-in access.
  • control function processing section 410 When the control function processing section 410 receives the control function call from the schedule control section 275 , the control function processing section 410 causes the pattern generator emulation section 430 , the waveform shaper emulation section 440 , the pin control emulation section 450 , and the parameter measurement emulation section 460 to emulate the operation of the test module 170 according to the control function in response to the instruction of the control function.
  • the control function processing section 410 reads a part of the program and a part of the data among the test program and the test data stored in the machine word DB 420 , where the part of the program and the data are to be processed by the test module emulation section 270 during the cycle time. Then, the control function processing section 410 causes the pattern generator emulation section 430 , the waveform shaper emulation section 440 , the pin control emulation section 450 , and the parameter measurement emulation section 460 to perform the processing corresponding to the part of the program and the part of the data.
  • the pattern generator emulation section 430 emulates the pattern generator of the test module 170 . That is, the pattern generator emulation section 430 receives the test program and the test data stored in the machine word DB 420 from the control function processing section 410 by the function call, for example. Then the instruction, which indicates that the test signal is to be generated for a certain cycle time, is received from the schedule control section 275 by the function call through the control function processing section 410 , and the test signal, which is to be generated in the cycle time, is generated in simulation.
  • the pattern generator emulation section 430 acquires the result signal through the DUT connection section 280 and the waveform shaper emulation section 440 , which is output in simulation as a result of the DUT simulating section 200 being operated based on the test signal, and the result signal is compared with the expected value.
  • the waveform shaper emulation section 440 emulates the waveform shaper of the test module 170 . That is, the waveform shaper emulation section 440 shapes the waveform of the test signal in simulation in response to the test signal from the pattern generator emulation section 430 . Then the waveform is output to the DUT connection section 280 .
  • the pin control emulation section 450 emulates the pin control section of the test module 170 . That is, the pin control emulation section 450 sets parameters, such as operating voltage, for each terminal from which the test signal is output in simulation by the waveform shaper emulation section 440 and/or the parameter measurement emulation section 460 based on the test program.
  • the parameter measurement emulation section 460 emulates the parameter measurement section of the test module 170 . That is, for example, the parameter measurement emulation section 460 receives an instruction of a direct current test (DC parametric test) from the schedule control section 275 through the control function processing section 410 by the function call, and generates the test signal in simulation, which is to be generated in the cycle time of the direct current test. Moreover, the parameter measurement emulation section 460 acquires the result signal, which is output in simulation as a result of the DUT simulating section 200 being operated based on the test signal in the direct current test.
  • DC parametric test direct current test
  • the control function processing section 410 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the cycle end timing at which the cycle, which corresponds to the test signal generating timing, ends.
  • control function processing section 410 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 through the schedule control section 275 of the cycle end timing at which the cycle ends in the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing. Thereby, the control function processing section 410 causes the synchronous module emulation section 250 to further generate the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulation section 270 is to generate the test signal in simulation for the next time based on the cycle end timing.
  • the control function processing section 410 when the control function processing section 410 receives the instruction of the interruption generation from the schedule control section 275 , the control function processing section 410 transmits the instruction of the interruption generation to the pattern generator emulation section 430 , the waveform shaper emulation section 440 , and the pin control emulation section 450 by the function call, for example.
  • the pattern generator emulation section 430 , the waveform shaper emulation section 440 , and the pin control emulation section 450 which receive the instruction of the interruption generation, notify the control function processing section 410 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time just before the interruption collection timing among the cycle times during which the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal.
  • the control function processing section 410 When the interruption is notified, the control function processing section 410 notifies the site control emulation section 230 of the interruption through the bus switch emulation section 240 by calling the hardware emulation function for the notification of the interruption included in the bus switch emulation section 240 , for example.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of a class hierarchical structure 500 according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • module emulation program which realizes the module emulation sections such as the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , and the test module emulation section 270 , is created using class functions, which are frameworks of the module emulation program defined in order to realize the open architecture of the test apparatus 10 in simulation.
  • the simulation component class 510 is a class which defines rules for calling a plurality of parameters, return values and etc. of method functions, which are to be included in the module emulation program, with a virtual method function.
  • the simulation component class 510 includes a plurality of virtual hardware emulation functions 512 and a plurality of virtual control functions 514 .
  • read( ) is a method function for emulating the operation of the module corresponding to the read-out access which is called when the site control emulation section 230 issues the read-out access command in simulation.
  • write ( ) is a method function for emulating operation of the module corresponding to the write-in access which is called when the site control emulation section 230 issues the write-in access command in simulation.
  • setBaseAddress( ) is a method function which is called when the site control emulation section 230 issues in simulation the base address setting command, which is issued by the site controller 130 when the base address of the storage area of the test module 170 is set up.
  • registerEvent( ) is a method function which is called when the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the test module emulation section 270 , and the DUT connection section 280 , which receive the notices from the synchronous module emulation section 250 , notify the timing alignment section 276 of the interruption collection timing, the change timing, the result signal acquisition timing, etc. and register the timings to the timing alignment section 276 .
  • handleEvent( ) is a method function which is called by the schedule control section 275 , in order to cause the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the test module emulation section 270 , and the DUT connection section 280 to perform the processing in response to the timings when the test signal generating timing, the interruption collection timing, the change timing, the result signal acquisition timing, etc. have come.
  • raiseEvent( ) is a method function which is called when the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the test module emulation section 270 , and the DUT connection section 280 notify the schedule control section 275 of an event which is to be processed asynchronously without regard to the timings.
  • a Company A's module class 520 and a Company B's module class 530 are classes derived from the simulation component class 510 , i.e., module emulation programs, which are supplied by manufacturers of the modules for example, for emulating common function included in the modules of the manufacturers in common.
  • the Company A's module class 520 and the Company B's module class 530 include a plurality of real hardware emulation functions 522 and a plurality of real control functions 524 respectively.
  • Each of the plurality of real hardware emulation functions 522 and the plurality of real control functions 524 are module emulation programs which are described corresponding to the plurality of virtual hardware emulation functions 512 and the plurality of virtual control functions 514 respectively, and describe the contents of the processing of the real method functions (non-virtual method functions) corresponding to the virtual method functions.
  • the Company A's module class 520 and the Company B's module class 530 include classes which are further derived.
  • the Company B's module class 530 is further derived in a digital test module class 540 , a power source module class 560 , and a synchronous module class 590 .
  • the digital test module class 540 is a class of test module emulation program for emulating the test module 170 for performing the functional test of the DUT 100 .
  • the digital test module class 540 is further derived in a 250 MHz digital test module class 550 for emulating the test module 170 which performs the functional test of the DUT 100 at a frequency of 250 MHz.
  • the power source module class 560 is a class of module emulation program for emulating the module for supplying electric power to the DUT 100 .
  • the power source module class 560 is further derived in a high voltage power source module class 570 for emulating the module which supplies high voltage power to the DUT 100 , and the low voltage power source module class 580 for emulating the module which supplies low voltage power to the DUT 100 .
  • the synchronous module class 590 is a class of module emulation program for emulating the synchronous module 150 .
  • Each of the 250 MHz digital test module class 550 , the high voltage power source module class 570 , the low voltage power source module class 580 , and the synchronous module class 590 includes real method function handleEvent( ) for emulating the original function of each of the modules, which is used by replacing (overriding) the handleEvent( ) in the Company B's module class 530 .
  • Each of the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 etc. included in the test emulator 190 is realized as one instance of the classes of the module emulation programs included in the class hierarchical structure 500 .
  • each of the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the module emulation section of test module emulation section 270 etc., which is included in the test emulator 190 is realized by the module emulation program corresponding to one of the classes included in the class hierarchical structure 500 for example.
  • a user of the test emulator 190 builds substantially the same test environment as the real system of the test apparatus 10 in the test emulator 190 by generating the instance of the module emulation program from the combination of the classes corresponding to the combination of the modules which are to be mounted in the real system of the test apparatus 10 .
  • man-hour for creating module emulation program is reduced by creating a new class as an inherited class of one of the existing classes.
  • FIG. 6 shows a test signal generating processing flow of the test emulator 190 according to the embodiment of the present invention, which is proceeded by the test module emulation section 270 .
  • the test emulator 190 proceeds the test in simulation according to a procedure described below.
  • the schedule section 277 of the schedule control section 275 calls the handleEvent( ) function of the synchronous module emulation section 250 (shown as SYNC in the figure), and notifies that the test signal generating timing has come (S 600 ).
  • the schedule control section 275 causes the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test signal generating timing to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing through the synchronous module emulation section 250 .
  • the schedule control section 275 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the test signal generating timing by including the event identifier, which identifies that the test signal generating timing of the corresponding test module emulation section 270 has come, in a parameter of the handleEvent( ) function.
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the test module emulation section 270 (shown as TM in the figure), which is to generates the test signal in simulation in the test signal generating timing, of the cycle start which is the instructions for starting the processing of the cycle time and generating the test signal (S 605 ).
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the test module emulation section 270 of the cycle start through the schedule control section 275 asynchronous to the timings which are aligned by the timing alignment section 276 in order of time by including the event identifier, which instructs the cycle start, in the parameter of a raiseEvent( ) function, and calling the schedule control section 275 .
  • the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal in simulation in the corresponding cycle time in response to the notice of the cycle start (S 610 ). That is, in S 600 , when the schedule control section 275 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the test signal generating timing so as to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to test signal generating timing, and when the synchronous module emulation section 250 , which receives the notice, notifies the test module emulation section 270 of the cycle start through the schedule control section 275 , the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal in simulation in the cycle time.
  • the test module emulation section 270 generates the change timing of the test signal in simulation in the cycle time during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time.
  • the DUT connection section 280 (shown as LB in the figure) notifies the timing alignment section 276 of the change timing in response to the change timing of the test signal from the test module emulation section 270 , and registers it (S 615 ).
  • the test module emulation section 270 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the timing for end of the cycle (S 620 ).
  • the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal by the pattern generator emulation section 430 based on the designation by the test program and the test data, changing each cycle time dynamically.
  • the control function processing section 410 in the test module IF emulation section 400 of the test module emulation section 270 acquires the termination timing of each of the cycles from the pattern generator emulation section 430 , and notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the end timing, and causes the synchronous module emulation section 250 to generate the next test signal generating timing accurately.
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulation section 270 is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to the next cycle time, notifies the timing alignment section 276 of the timing and registers it (S 625 ).
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 further generates a test result collection timing for collecting the test results from the test module emulation section 270 , a cycle termination timing for terminating the cycle time of the test module emulation section 270 , and the interruption collection timing for collecting the interruption which is generated by the test module emulation section 270 in simulation during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time. Then the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the timing alignment section 276 of the timings and registers them (S 625 ). Here, the synchronous module emulation section 250 registers the timings into the timing alignment section 276 by calling the registerEvent( ) function in the schedule control section 275 .
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates substantially the same timing as the cycle end timing received from the test module emulation section 270 as the test signal generating timing, the test result collection timing, the cycle termination timing, and the interruption collection timing for the next time in the test module emulation section 270 .
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the DUT connection section 280 that the change timing has come so as to change the test signal in simulation at the timing (S 630 ).
  • the DUT connection section 280 when the change timing is notified from the schedule section 277 , the DUT connection section 280 generates the test signal by changing the test signal in simulation at the change timing, and supplies it to the DUT simulating section 200 (S 635 ).
  • the DUT simulating section 200 simulates the operation of the DUT 100 based on the test signal acquired from the DUT connection section 280 .
  • the DUT simulating section 200 generates the result signal in simulation output as a result of the DUT 100 being operated based on the test signal, and supplies it to the test module emulation section 270 through the DUT connection section 280 .
  • the test module emulation section 270 compares the result signal with the expected value, and acquires a comparison result.
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 that the test result collection timing has come so as to collect acceptability of the result based on the result signal supplied from the DUT simulating section 200 to the test module emulation section 270 (S 640 ).
  • the test module emulation section 270 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 through the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 of the comparison result of the result signal and the expected value in the cycle time.
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 judges the acceptability (pass or fail) of the test result based on the comparison result collected from each of the test module emulation sections 270 , and notifies each of the test module emulation section 270 of the acceptability of a test result (S 645 ). Based on the acceptability of this test result, the test program and the test data, which are supplied to the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 , are described so as to change the sequence of the test performed after the cycle time.
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 that that the termination timing of the cycle has come (S 650 ).
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 that the interruption collection timing has come (S 655 ).
  • the test module emulation section 270 notifies in simulation the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240 of the interruption, which is generated in simulation in the cycle time at which the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal just before the interruption collection timing.
  • the test emulator 190 repeats the processing explained in the above-mentioned steps S 600 -S 655 until the test is finished (S 660 ).
  • the schedule control section 275 aligns the timings of each of the operations of the test module emulation sections 270 in order of time, and makes the schedule. For this reason, S 600 , S 630 , S 640 , S 650 , and S 655 about the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 are performed in order of time.
  • FIG. 7 is a drawing exemplary showing the test signal generated in simulation by the test emulator 190 according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the test emulator 190 includes a test module emulation section 270 a for emulating a test module A, and a test module emulation section 270 b for emulating a test module B, as the test module emulation section 270 .
  • the test signal generating timing t1 of the test module emulation section 270 a , and the test signal generating timing t2 of the test module emulation section 270 b are registered into the timing alignment section 276 . Since the timings are to be output in order of time, the test signal generating timing t1 is output at first. In response to the result, the schedule section 277 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing t1 has come, while the time is set forward to t1.
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the test module emulation section 270 a corresponding to the test signal generating timing t1 through the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 and the test module emulation section 270 of the start of the cycle.
  • test module emulation section 270 a generates the test signal in simulation in the cycle time indicated to be a cycle 1 in the figure.
  • test module emulation section 270 a notifies the DUT connection section 280 that the test signal changes to H level at the change timing t4 in the cycle time.
  • the DUT connection section 280 registers the change timing t4 into the timing alignment section 276 .
  • the test module emulation section 270 a notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the cycle end timing t6 of the cycle 1 .
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates the test signal generating timing t6, the test result collection timing t6- ⁇ , the cycle termination timing t6- ⁇ , and the interruption collection timing t6- ⁇ for the next time based on the cycle end timing t6, and registers them into the timing alignment section 276 .
  • t6- ⁇ a time just before the next test signal generating timing t6.
  • the timing alignment section 276 aligns the registered timings in order of time, and outputs the test signal generating timing t2.
  • the schedule section 277 sets time forward to t2 and notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing t2 has come.
  • test module emulation section 250 When the test signal generating timing t2 is notified, the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the test module emulation section 270 b corresponding to the test signal generating timing t2 through the schedule control section 275 of the cycle start. In response, test module emulation section 270 b generates the test signal of test module emulation section 270 b in simulation in the cycle 1 . As a result, test module emulation section 270 b generates change timings of the test signal t3 and t5, and the DUT connection section 280 registers the change timings into the timing alignment section 276 .
  • test module emulation section 270 b notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the cycle end timing t7 of the cycle 1 after the generation of the test signal in a cycle 1 is finished.
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 Based on the cycle end timing t7, the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates the test signal generating timing t7, the test result collection timing t7- ⁇ , the cycle termination timing t7- ⁇ , and the interruption collection timing t7- ⁇ for the next time, and registers them into the timing alignment section 276 .
  • the timing alignment section 276 aligns the registered timings in order of time, and outputs the change timings t3, t4, and t5 one by one. According to each of the change timings, the schedule section 277 notifies the DUT connection section 280 of the change timings. As a result, the DUT connection section 280 changes the test signal in simulation during the change timing, and it is supplied to the DUT simulating section 200 .
  • the timing alignment section 276 outputs the test result collection timing t6- ⁇ .
  • the schedule section 277 sets the time forward to t6- ⁇ and notifies the test module emulation section 270 a of the test result collection timing t6- ⁇ . As a result, collection and distribution of the test result are performed between the test module emulation section 270 a and the synchronous module emulation section 250 .
  • the timing alignment section 276 outputs the cycle termination timing t6- ⁇ .
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 a of the end of the cycle 1 .
  • the timing alignment section 276 outputs the interruption collection timing t6- ⁇ .
  • the schedule section 277 notifies test module emulation section 270 a of the outputs interruption collection timing t6- ⁇ .
  • the test module emulation section 270 a notifies the site control emulation section 230 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle 1 .
  • the timing alignment section 276 outputs the test signal generating timing t6.
  • the schedule section 277 sets the time forward to t6 and notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing t6 has come.
  • the test emulator 190 generates the change timing t8, the result signal acquisition timing t11 indicating the timing at which the result signal is to be acquired, the test signal generating timing t12, the test result collection timing t12- ⁇ , cycle termination timing t12- ⁇ , and the interruption collection timing t12 for the next time in the similar manner to the time t1.
  • the test emulator 190 registers these timings into the timing alignment section 276 in the similar manner to the time t1.
  • the timing alignment section 276 aligns the registered timings in order of time, and outputs the test signal generating timing t7.
  • the schedule section 277 sets the time forward to the t7 and notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing t7 has come.
  • the test emulator 190 generates the change timings t9 and t10, the test signal generating timing t13, the test result collection timing t13- ⁇ , the cycle termination timing t13- ⁇ , and the interruption collection timing t13 for the next time in the similar manner to the time t2.
  • the test emulator 190 registers these timings into the timing alignment section 276 in the similar manner to the time t2.
  • the schedule control section 275 aligns various kinds of timings, such as the test signal generating timing, the test signal change timing, the test result collection timing, the result signal acquisition timing, and the interruption collection timing in order of time, so that the scheduling is carried out. For this reason, the test emulator 190 appropriately emulates the operation of the test apparatus 10 in case that the plurality of test modules 170 based on the different cycles are mounted.
  • the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 registers the test result collection timing, the cycle termination timing, and the interruption collection timing into the timing alignment section 276 in case that the cycle end timing is received from the test module 170 .
  • the following method is substituted for the above-mentioned method.
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 Based on cycle end timing, the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulation section 270 is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to the cycle time, and notifies the timing alignment section 276 of the timing and registers the timing into the timing alignment section 276 . On the other hand at this time, the synchronous module emulation section 250 does not generate the test result collection timing, the cycle termination timing, and the interruption collection timing, and does not register them into the timing alignment section 276 .
  • the test emulator 190 proceeds to the step S 600 skipping the steps S 640 , S 650 , and S 655 .
  • the schedule section 277 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing has come.
  • the synchronous module emulation section 250 instructs the collection of the test result, the notice of the cycle end, and the collection of the interruption to the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test signal generating timing before the generation of the test signal generating of the next cycle time.
  • the schedule control section 275 causes the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , test module emulation section 270 etc., to perform the processing described in S 640 , S 645 , S 650 , and S 655 before the generation of the test signal of the next cycle time.
  • the schedule control section 275 causes the synchronous module emulation section 250 and the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 to collect and distribute the acceptability of the test result based on the result signal supplied to the test module emulation section 270 during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time just before the test signal generating timing, and to notify the site control emulation section 230 of the interruption generated in simulation by the test module emulation section 270 .
  • the real test of the DUT 100 by the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , the test module 170 and the like, and a simulation test of the DUT 100 by the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the test module emulation section 270 , the DUT simulating section 200 and the like, are provided to a user of the test apparatus 10 , which is executable by an identical test control program and/or the identical test program.
  • the test mode of the test apparatus can be switched between the real test and the simulation test manually by the user.
  • the site controller 130 inputs instructions of selection between the real and simulation test of the DUT 100 as an option of a test start command or the like. Then, when the instructions orders to perform the real test of DUT 100 , the system controller 110 or the site controller 130 supplies a test program for the test of the DUT 100 to one or a plurality of test modules 170 through the bus switch 140 , and causes the test module 170 to test the DUT 100 .
  • the site controller 130 supplies a test program to the test module emulation section 270 realized by software on the test emulator 190 or the site controller 130 or the like, and causes the test module emulation section 270 or the like to simulate the test of the DUT 100 .
  • the site controller 130 may execute communication software (communication library) which performs communication processing between the control units and the test modules 170 so that the real test environment and the simulation test environment may be accessible.
  • the test control program executed by the site controller 130 performs the real test by using the identical access functions (read/write function etc.) provided by the communication software, and by accessing the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , test module 170 and the like.
  • the test control program executed by the site controller 130 performs the simulation test by using the identical access functions provided by the communication software, and by accessing the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the test module emulation section 270 and the like.
  • the communication software described above in cooperation with the site controller 130 , may select the destination of the test program between the test module 170 or the like and the test module emulation section 270 or the like based on the instructions about which of the real test environment or the simulation test environment is to be selected.
  • An example of such implementation is described further below in supplementary information C.2.4.3.
  • test module emulation section 270 described previously may include a configuration described below.
  • each test module emulation section 270 receives signal for test signal generating timing scheduled by the schedule section 277 in the schedule control section 275 by function call. Then, each test module emulation section 270 outputs variation of voltage of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing by calling voltage setting methods (set methods) of the output channel object which emulates the output channel multiple times.
  • test module emulation section 270 notifies the schedule section 277 and the like that the output of the variation of voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time has been finished by calling the end methods of the output channel object.
  • An example of such implementation is described further below in supplementary information B.3.3 and the like.
  • the schedule section 277 calculates a period during which all the test module emulation sections 270 finishes the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal based on the end methods notified from each of the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 , and makes demands on the DUT simulating section 200 for the simulation of the operation of the DUT 100 during the period.
  • the DUT connection unit 280 acquires the test signal during the period, and simulates the operation of the devices under test based on the test signal.
  • the output channel object forbids varying the voltage in the period during which the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal is finished, the variation of the voltage being notified by the end methods. Thereby, the inconsistency of the simulation result which has been already simulated can be prevented.
  • An example of such implementation is described further below in supplementary information B.3.4 and the like.
  • Described blow is the supplementary information on various kinds of examples and specifications for realizing the test apparatus 10 and the test emulator 190 according to the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates software architecture 2200 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the software architecture 2200 represents a distributed operating system, having elements for the system controller 2200 , at least one site controller 2240 , and at least one module 2260 in correspondence to related hardware system elements 110 , 130 , 150 , 160 and 170 .
  • the architecture 2200 includes a corresponding SW (software) module emulation 2280 .
  • the development environment for this platform can be based on Microsoft Windows.
  • the use of this architecture has side benefits in program and support portability (e.g., a field service engineer could connect a laptop which runs the tester operating system to perform advanced diagnostics).
  • a field service engineer could connect a laptop which runs the tester operating system to perform advanced diagnostics.
  • the relevant software can be made as an independent entity capable of running independently to allow job scheduling across distributed platforms.
  • Related software tools for batch jobs are thus capable of running on multiple platform types.
  • ANSI/ISO standard C++ can be taken as the native language for the software.
  • ANSI/ISO standard C++ can be taken as the native language for the software.
  • options available to provide a layer over the nominal C++ interfaces) that allows a third party to integrate into the system with an alternative language of its own choice.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a shading of elements according to their organization by nominal source (or collective development as a sub-system) including the tester operating system interfaces 2290 , user components 2292 (e.g., supplied by a user for test purposes), system components 2294 (e.g., supplied as software infrastructure for basic connectivity and communication), module development components 2296 (e.g., supplied by a module developer), and external components 2298 (e.g., supplied by external sources other than module developers).
  • nominal source or collective development as a sub-system
  • the tester operating system (TOS) interface 2290 include: System Controller to Site Controller interfaces 2222 ; framework classes 2224 ; Site Controller to Module interfaces 2245 ; framework classes 2246 , predetermined module-level interfaces 2247 , backplane communications library 2249 , chassis slot IF (Interface) 2262 , loadboard hardware IF 2264 , backplane simulation IF 2283 , loadboard simulation IF 2285 , DUT simulation IF 2287 , Verilog PLI (programming language interface) 2288 for DUT's Verilog model and C/C++ language support 2289 for DUT's C/C++ model.
  • GUIS tester operating system
  • User components 2292 include: a user test plan 2242 , user test classes 2243 , hardware loadboard 2265 , and DUT 2266 , a DUT Verilog model 2293 and a DUT C/C++ model 2291 .
  • System components 2294 include: system tools 2226 , communications library 2230 , test classes 2244 , a backplane driver 2250 , HW backplane 2261 including the bus switch 140 , simulation framework 2281 , backplane emulation 2282 , and loadboard simulation 2286 .
  • Module-development components 2296 include: module commands implementation 2248 , module hardware 2263 , and module emulation 2284 .
  • External components 2298 include external tools 2225 .
  • the system controller 2200 which is software operated on the test sites 2110 illustrated in FIG. 1 , includes interfaces 2222 to site controller, framework classes 2224 , system tools 2226 , external tools 2225 , and a communications library 2230 .
  • the System Controller software is the primary point of interaction for the user. It provides the gateway to the Site Controllers of the embodiment, and synchronization of the Site Controllers in a multi-site/DUT environment as described in U.S. application No. 60/449,622 by the same assignee.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the System Controller also may act as the repository for all Test Plan related information, including Test Plans, test patterns and test parameter files.
  • a test parameter file contains parameterization data for a Test class in the object oriented environment of an embodiment of the embodiment.
  • Third party developers can provide tools in addition to (or as replacements for) the standard system tools 2226 .
  • the standard interfaces 2222 on the System controller 2200 include interfaces that the tools use to access the tester and test objects.
  • the Tools (applications) 2225 , 2226 allow interactive and batch control of the test and tester objects.
  • the tools include applications for providing automation capabilities (through, for example, the use of SECS/TSEM, etc.)
  • the Communications library 2230 residing on the system controller 2200 provides the mechanism to communicate with the Site Controllers 2240 in a manner that is transparent to user applications and test programs.
  • the Interfaces 2222 resident in memory associated with the System controller 2200 provide open interfaces to the framework objects that execute on the System Controller. Included are interfaces allowing the Site Controller-based module software to access and retrieve pattern data. Also included are interfaces that applications and tools use to access the tester and test objects, as well as scripting interfaces, which provide the ability to access and manipulate the tester and test components through a scripting engine. This allows a common mechanism for interactive, batch and remote applications to perform their functions.
  • the Framework Classes 2224 associated with the System controller 2200 provide a mechanism to interact with these above-mentioned objects, providing a reference implementation of a standard interface.
  • the site controller 2240 of the embodiment provides a functional test object.
  • the system controller framework classes may provide a corresponding functional test proxy as a remote system controller-based surrogate of the functional test object.
  • the standard functional test interface is thus made available to the tools on the system controller 2200 .
  • the system, module-development and interface components 294 , 296 and 290 may be considered an operating system distributed between the system controller and the site controllers.
  • the framework classes effectively provide an operating system interface associated with the host system controller.
  • This layer thus provides an object model in an embodiment of the invention that is suitable for manipulating and accessing Site Controllers without needing to deal directly with the Communications layer.
  • the site controller 2240 which is software operated on the site controllers 130 illustrated in FIG. 1 , hosts a user test plan 2242 , user test classes 2243 , standard test classes 2244 , standard interfaces 2245 , site controller framework classes 2246 , module high level command interfaces (i.e., predetermined module-level interfaces) 2247 , module commands implementation 2248 , backplane communications library 2249 , and a backplane driver 2250 .
  • module high level command interfaces i.e., predetermined module-level interfaces
  • a Test plan 2242 is written by the user.
  • the plan may be written directly in a standard computer language such as C++, or described in a higher level test programming language to produce C++ code, which can then be compiled into the executable test program.
  • the test plan creates test objects by using the Framework Classes 2246 and/or standard or user supplied Test Classes 2244 associated with the site controllers, configures the hardware using the Standard Interfaces 2245 , and defines the test plan flow. It also provides any additional logic required during execution of the test plan.
  • the test plan supports some basic services and provides an interface to the services of underlying objects, such as debug services (e.g., break-pointing), and access to underlying framework and standard classes.
  • the Framework classes 2246 associated with the site controllers are a set of classes and methods that implement common test-related operations.
  • the site controller-level framework includes, for example, classes for power supply and pin electronics sequencing, setting level and timing conditions, obtaining measurements, and controlling test flow.
  • the framework also provides methods for runtime services and debugging.
  • the framework objects may work through implementing the standard interfaces. For example, the implementation of the TesterPin framework class is standardized to implement a general tester pin interface that test classes may use to interact with hardware module pins.
  • Certain framework objects may be implemented to work with the help of the module-level interfaces 2247 to communicate with the modules.
  • the site controller framework classes effectively act as a local operating system interface supporting each site controller.
  • the framework of an embodiment of the invention provides a hardware-independent test and tester object model that allows the user to perform the task of DUT test programming.
  • test code may be made independent of any device-specific data (e.g., pin name, stimulus data, etc.), or device-test-specific data (e.g., conditions for DC units, measurement pins, number of target pins, name of pattern file, addresses of pattern programs). If code for a test were compiled with data of these types, the reusability of the test code would decrease. Therefore, according to an embodiment of the invention, any device-specific data or device-test-specific data may be made available to the test code externally, as inputs during code execution time.
  • device-specific data e.g., pin name, stimulus data, etc.
  • device-test-specific data e.g., conditions for DC units, measurement pins, number of target pins, name of pattern file, addresses of pattern programs.
  • a Test Class which is an implementation of a standard test interface, denoted here as ITest, realizes the separation of test data and code (and hence, the reusability of code) for a particular type of test.
  • ITest a standard test interface
  • Such a test class may be regarded as a “template” for separate instances of itself, which differ from each other only on the basis of device-specific and/or device-test-specific data.
  • Test classes are specified in the test plan file.
  • Each Test class typically implements a specific type of device test or setup for device test.
  • an embodiment of the invention may provide a specific implementation of the ITest interface, for example, FunctionalTest, as the base class for all functional tests for DUTs.
  • ACParametricTests ACParametricTests
  • DCParametricTests DCParametricTests
  • test types may provide default implementations of some virtual methods (e.g., init( ), preExec( ), and postExec( )). These methods become the test engineer's entry points for overriding default behaviour and setting any test-specific parameters.
  • custom test classes can also be used in test plans.
  • Test classes allow the user to configure class behaviour by providing parameters that are used to specify the options for a particular instance of that test.
  • a Functional Test may take parameters PList and TestConditions, to specify the Pattern List to execute, and the Level and Timing conditions for the test, respectively. Specifying different values for these parameters (through the use of different “Test” blocks in a test plan description file) allows the user to create different instances of a Functional Test.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates how different test instances may be derived from a single test class.
  • a Template Library may be employed as the general-purpose library of generic algorithms and data structures. This library may be visible to a user of the tester, so that the user may, for example, modify the implementation of a test class to create a user-defined test class.
  • an embodiment of the system supports integration of such test classes into the framework in that all test classes derive from a single test interface, e.g., ITest, so that the framework can manipulate them in the same way as the standard set of system test classes.
  • a single test interface e.g., ITest
  • Users are free to incorporate additional functionality into their test classes, with the understanding that they have to use custom code in their test programs to take advantage of these additional facilities.
  • Each test site 2110 including the site controller 130 , the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 and the test module 170 is dedicated to testing one or more DUTs 100 , and functions through a configurable collection of test modules such as the test module 170 .
  • Each test module is an entity that performs a particular test task.
  • a test module could be a DUT power supply, a pin card, an analogue card, etc. This modular approach provides a high degree of flexibility and configurability.
  • the Module Commands Implementation classes 2248 may be provided by module hardware vendors, and implement either the module-level interfaces for hardware modules, or provide module-specific implementations of standard interfaces, depending on the commands implementation method chosen by a vendor.
  • the external interfaces of these classes are defined by pre-determined module level interface requirements, and backplane communication library requirements. This layer also provides for extension of the standard set of test commands, allowing the addition of methods (functions) and data elements.
  • the Backplane Communications Library 2249 provides the interface for standard communications across the backplane, thereby providing the functions necessary to communicate with the modules connected to the test site. This allows vendor-specific module software to use a Backplane Driver 2250 to communicate with the corresponding hardware modules.
  • the backplane communications protocol may use a packet based format.
  • Tester Pin objects represent physical tester channels and derive from a tester pin interface, denoted here as ITesterPin.
  • the software development kit (SDK) of an embodiment of the invention provides a default implementation of ITesterPin, which may be called TesterPin, which is implemented in terms of a predetermined module-level interface, IChannel. Vendors are free to make use of TesterPin if they can implement their module's functionality in terms of IChannel; otherwise, they must provide an implementation of ITesterPin to work with their module.
  • the standard module interface denoted here as IModule, provided by the tester system of the embodiment generically represents a vendor's hardware module.
  • Vendor-supplied module-specific software for the system may be provided in the form of executables such as dynamic link libraries (DLLs).
  • DLLs dynamic link libraries
  • Software for each module-type from a vendor may be encapsulated in a single DLL.
  • Each such software module is responsible for providing vendor-specific implementations for the module interface commands, which comprise the API for module software development.
  • module interface commands serve as the interface for users to communicate (indirectly) with a particular hardware module in the system
  • third-party developers can take advantage of to integrate their own modules into the site controller level framework.
  • module interface commands provided by the framework are divided into two types:
  • tester pin interface provides methods to get and set level and timing values
  • IPowerSupply provides methods for powering up and powering down, for example.
  • the framework provides the special category of the predetermined module-level interfaces, which can be used to communicate with the modules. These are the interfaces used by framework classes (i.e., “standard” implementations of framework interfaces) to communicate with vendor modules.
  • the use of the second aspect, the module-level interfaces is optional.
  • the advantage of doing so is that vendors may then take advantage of the implementations of classes such as ITesterPin and IPowerSupply, etc. while focusing on the content of specific messages sent to their hardware by implementing the module-level interfaces. If these interfaces are inappropriate to the vendor, however, they may choose to provide their custom implementations of the framework interfaces (e.g., vendor implementations of ITesterPin, IPowerSupply, etc.). These would then provide the custom functionality that is appropriate for their hardware.
  • the framework interfaces e.g., vendor implementations of ITesterPin, IPowerSupply, etc.
  • module-specific vendor software can thus be accomplished through two different means: custom implementation of relevant framework classes and interfaces, or custom implementation of the special category of module level interfaces.
  • FIG. 10 is a Universal Modelling Language (UML) class diagram depicting the interaction of the tester system of an embodiment of the invention and vendor-supplied modules.
  • UML Universal Modelling Language
  • TPA Third Party A
  • This software module will implement the standard interface, IModule.
  • IModule the standard interface
  • TPAPinModule the standard interface
  • the vendor TPA is able to make use of the standard system implementation of the ITesterPin interface, denoted here as TesterPin, by implementing the relevant predetermined module-level interface—in this case, IChannel—in its module. This is made possible by the fact that TesterPin uses standard predetermined module-level interfaces, such as IChannel, to communicate with modules. Therefore, TPAPinModule provides pins by simply creating and exposing TesterPin objects.
  • TPB Third Party B
  • TPBPinModule an implementation of the ITesterPin interface
  • the framework will provide users a mechanism for retrieving a specific interface or implementation pointer to an object. This means that when user code has an ITesterPin pointer, the framework will be able to determine if it is pointing to, say, a TPBTesterPin object if it needs to.
  • RTTI Run Time Type Identification
  • module vendors can, for example, add methods (functions) to the standard system implementation of the class.
  • the tradeoff for the user is that taking advantage of specific vendor extensions makes the test code less useable with other vendors' modules.
  • the test apparatus 10 nominally has two modes of operation.
  • module elements 2260 e.g., hardware elements
  • module emulation in software 2280 which includes the bus switch emulation section 240 , the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the test module emulation section 270 , the schedule control section 275 , the DUT connection section 280 , and the DUT simulating section 200 , is used.
  • the module element 2260 includes HW (hardware) backplane 2261 including the bus switch 140 illustrated in FIG. 1 , chassis slot IF (Interface) 2262 , module hardware 2263 including the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , the test module 170 and the like, loadboard hardware IF 2264 , hardware loadboard 2265 which corresponds to the load board 180 , and DUT 2266 which corresponds to the DUT 100 illustrated in FIG. 10 .
  • HW hardware backplane 2261 including the bus switch 140 illustrated in FIG. 1
  • chassis slot IF (Interface) 2262 module hardware 2263 including the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , the test module 170 and the like
  • loadboard hardware IF 2264 hardware loadboard 2265 which corresponds to the load board 180
  • DUT 2266 which corresponds to the DUT 100 illustrated in FIG. 10 .
  • the module emulation in software 2280 includes a simulation framework 2281 including the schedule control section 275 illustrated in FIG. 2 , backplane emulation 2282 including the bus switch emulation section 240 , backplane simulation IF 2283 , module emulation 2284 including the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the test module emulation section 270 and the like, loadboard simulation IF 2285 , loadboard simulation 2286 including the DUT connection section 280 , and DUT simulation IF 2287 . Two models are shown for DUT simulation.
  • a model using Verilog includes the Verilog PLI (Programming Language Interface) 2288 and a DUT Verilog model 2293 .
  • a model using C/C++ includes C/C++ language support 2289 and a DUT C/C++ model 2291 . Note that the simulation can be performed on any computer, e .g., a PC.
  • the Module vendors provide physical hardware components to support testing, such as digital tester channels, DUT power supplies, or DC measurement units.
  • the modules interface to the HW backplane 2261 through the chassis slot IF 2262 .
  • the backplane emulation 2282 provides a software surrogate for the physical backplane 2261 . This communicates with the (vendor-supplied) module emulation software 2284 through the backplane simulation interface 2283 .
  • the module emulation software 2284 is preferably provided by the module vendor, and is typically closely tied with a particular vendor implementation of a module 2263 .
  • the module emulation software will typically differ in the details across modules supplied by different vendors.
  • the module simulation allows the vendor to expose hardware functionality through a software model (e.g., the module emulation software 2284 ), send stimulation signals to the simulated loadboard 2286 , and receive and process DUT response signals from the simulated loadboard 2286 , which is connected to DUT modelling software 2291 , 2293 through the DUT simulation IF 2287 .
  • vendors may find it advantageous to provide a simple functional simulation of the module and bypass emulation of the module firmware.
  • the module emulation software compares the response of the simulated DUT to the simulated-module stimulation signals with a known good DUT response. Based on this comparison, the software determines whether the test being executed by the module meets its goal of testing the DUT as desired, and helps the user to debug the module prior to using it on an IC (physical DUT) on the online physical tester.
  • the loadboard simulation interface 2285 serves as the conduit for signals to and from the module emulation layer and the simulated loadboard 2286 .
  • the loadboard simulation component 2286 supports device socket mapping and signal propagation to and from the DUT simulation IF 2287 .
  • the DUT simulation may be a native code (i.e., C/C++) simulation 2291 , or a Verilog Programming Language Interface (PLI) to a functional model of the target device under test 2293 .
  • the model interfaces with the simulated loadboard through the DUT simulation interface 2287 .
  • the simulation framework 2281 measures the simulated DUT response to known stimulation signals.
  • the method of system emulation is disclosed in U.S. application Ser. No. 10/403,817.
  • Communication and control are carried out through management of related software objects.
  • a communications mechanism is hidden behind an object model on the system controller.
  • This object model provides a proxy to the classes and objects found on the site controller and thereby provides a convenient programming model for application development (e.g., IC device testing). This allows application developers (e.g., users of the ATE system) to avoid unnecessary details related to the specifics of communications between the application and the Site/System controllers.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a specific embodiment of a site controller object as maintained in site controller software 2240 of the site controller 130 .
  • the site controller object includes CmdDispatcher 2602 , FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2604 and FunctionalTest 2606 .
  • Interfaces include IMsgHandler 2608 and ITest 2610 .
  • the site controller software 2240 preferably contains all of the functional classes that an application may need for access. These classes may, for example, include Tests, Modules, Pins, etc. Since the user's tests and software tools typically reside on different computers, messages will be sent from the tools on the System Controller to a server on the Site Controller. This server will call a method on a Command Dispatch object.
  • the Command Dispatch object (CmdDispatcher) 2602 maintains a map of message handler objects, which implement the IMsgHandler interface 2608 .
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a specific implementation of IMsgHandler, FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2604 .
  • Messages received by the CmdDispatcher object 2602 contain an identifier of the object to be communicated with. This identifier is found in an internal map, which resolves to the specific implementation, in this case the FunctionalTestMsgHandler object 2604 shown.
  • IMsgHandler 2608 consists of a single method, handleMessage( ). This method is preferably implemented as a single implementation class. In the case shown, the FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2604 will forward the message on to one of six methods depending on the exact nature of the incoming message. The header of the incoming message contains a message id which allows the message handler to decide how to interpret and where to forward the message.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an embodiment of a tool object (or system controller object) maintained on the system controller 110 in system controller software 2220 in correspondence to the site controller object shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the tool object includes an object CmdDispatcher 2702 , FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2704 and FunctionalTestProxy 2706 .
  • Interfaces include IMsgHandler 2708 , ITestClient 2710 , and IDispatch 2712 .
  • a utility Application 2714 is also included.
  • the classes CmdDispatcher 2702 , IMsgHandler 2708 , and FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2704 are the same as in FIG. 11 .
  • instantiations of FunctionalTest 2606 are not used.
  • the tool object has proxy classes for communication with each object on the site controller 130 . Therefore, for example, the tool object includes the class FunctionalTestProxy 2706 in the place of FunctionalTest 2606 .
  • ITestClient 2710 in the tool object is not the same as ITest 2610 in site controller object. In general, applications running on the site controller 130 will not use the exact interfaces as provided on the site controller 130 .
  • ITestClient 2710 is a preferably dual interface; that is, it inherits from IDispatch 2712 , which is implemented as a Microsoft Component Object Model (COM). It provides an interface that enables a scripting engine to access the object implementing that interface. This allows the system to be scriptable on the Microsoft Windows platform.
  • COM Microsoft Component Object Model
  • an application running on the system controller 110 may communicate with a site controller 130 where a test plan 2242 includes one or more FunctionalTest objects 2606 .
  • a corresponding test-plan object is loaded onto the site controller 130 , which constructs a TestPlanMessageHandler object and registers it with the CmdDispatcher object 2602 . This assigns a unique ID to the message handler. Similar operations occur with other TestPlan objects that make up the test plan 2242 .
  • the application (e.g., in tools 2226 , 2228 ) on the system controller 110 initializes the communication library 2230 , connects to the site controller 130 via a communication channel, and gets an ID for the TestPlan object.
  • the library constructs a TestPlanProxy object and initializes it with this ID.
  • this proxy object determines how many Tests it contains and their types and IDs. It loads the appropriate DLLs for each type (in this case only one type) and constructs the proxy objects for them, initializing them with their ID values.
  • the Test Proxy objects in turn, also initialize. To do this they construct appropriate messages to get their names (using their ID values) and send them to a communication server at the site controller 130 , which passes the message on to the CmdDispatcher 2602 . This object looks up the destination IDs in its internal map and forwards the message on to the handleMessage( ) methods of the FunctionalTestMsgHandler objects 604 . For example, if the message was a request to obtain test names, these objects get their respective test's names and reply to the application's Test Proxy objects with the appropriate name strings.
  • the application After initialization has completed, the application has remote access to a TestPlan object and through it, both Test objects. The user may now presses for example, a “Run Test Plan” button on the application. As a result, the application calls the RunTestPlan( ) method on the Test Plan Proxy object. This method constructs a RunTestPlan message with the destination ID of the Test Plan object and calls the sendMessage( ) function on the RPC proxy, which sends the message to the Site Controller.
  • the communication server on the site controller 104 calls the handleMessage( ) method on the CmdDispatcher object 2602 passing it the ID of the Test Plan object.
  • the CmdDispatcher object 2602 looks up this ID in its internal map, finding the message handler for the TestPlan object and calls the handleMessage( ) method on this object, which, in turn, calls the RunTestPlan( ) method on the TestPlan object.
  • the application can get the names and last run status of the Test objects.
  • the following is an example use of the communications library 2230 .
  • the communication library 2230 is preferably a static library.
  • An application can use this communication library through a CommLibrary.h file.
  • An application that needs to export the communication library classes should have the preprocessor definitions COMMLIBRARY_EXPORTS, COMMLIBRARY_FORCE_LINKAGE defined in addition to including the above include file.
  • An application that imports the communication library need not define any preprocessor definitions.
  • the application has to call the following static function of CcmdDispatcher: InitializeServerunsigned long portNo).
  • the portNo is the portNo on which the server should be listening.
  • the command dispatcher corresponding to the server can be retrieved by calling the static function: getServerCmdDispatcher on the CCmdDispatcher class.
  • the serverAddress and ServerPortNo to which the client has to connect This function initializes the command dispatcher pointer for the client and serverId to which it has connected. Also at a later point of time the client can retrieve the command dispatcher corresponding to the serverId by calling the static function getClientCmdDispatcher.
  • the build has been excluded on the files ClientInterface.idl and Serverlnterface.idl.
  • the preferred embodiment applies the already generated stub and proxy files for these interface definition files to link the proxy and stub implementation files into the same library.
  • the server and client can be instantiated in the same address space.
  • the following changes in the interface definition files and stub files are preferably made to make the communication library work as server and client in the same address space.
  • the following namespace declaration is preferably added in each of the interface definition files. This is to avoid the name collision between the proxy implementation functions and our own implementation of the interface functions.
  • the following namespace declaration is added in the serverInterface.idl.
  • the functions in the stub implementation file is changed to call our own implementation functions for the functions that are declared in the interfaces i.e. we have a different named function corresponding to each of the functions that are declared in the interfaces.
  • All the functional classes that exist should also have their corresponding message handler object and Proxy classes.
  • All message handler objects should derive from IMsgHandler class provided by the communication library.
  • IMsgHandler class is an abstract class. It is preferably the responsibility of the implementer of the message handler to provide a definition for the handleMessage, setObjectId, handleError. All the message types should start from one (we reserve zero for handleError).
  • the functional class preferably have their corresponding message handler as their member variable. In the constructor of the functional class, the functional class should get itself registered with the message handler by calling a function provided by its message handler.
  • the message handler object should be registered with the command dispatcher by calling addMsgHandler function on the command dispatcher with the message handler as the parameter.
  • the addMsgHandler function will assign an ID to the message handler and the functional class.
  • the destructor of the functional class should call the removeMsgHandler function on the command dispatcher by sending the function class identifier as parameter.
  • Proxy classes should also follow the same procedure of registration as explained for the functional classes.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a nominal testing sequence 2800 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the testing sequence 2800 includes installation 2815 of modules in a test environment 804 that encompasses test preparation 2806 and system testing 2808 .
  • a new module (hardware or software or a combination thereof) 2810 is certified 2812 (by some external procedure possibly based on vendor quality control).
  • Installation 2815 first requires test preparation 2806 including installation of hardware module emulation for offline simulation 2809 , installation of module resource files and interfaces for test program development 2814 and installation of module specific pattern compiler for pattern compilation 2816 .
  • system testing 2808 is carried out with inputs from calibration 2817 , diagnostics 2818 , and configuration.
  • System testing 2808 then is carried out for the new module including: (1) interface control, (2) synchronization, sequencing and repeatability, (3) error/alarm handling, (4) multi-site control, and (5) multi-instrument module control.
  • Supplementary Information B an example of specification of a framework of the system software of the DUT 100 .
  • This specification is a guide for user and developer which describes a framework of system software of the DUT 100 focusing on the emulation environment (offline environment) by the distributed system of the test emulator 190 or the system controller 110 , and the site controller 130 .
  • This chapter is a user's guide which describes the framework of the system software of a test apparatus 10 .
  • SimTester (simulated test apparatus) is an application program causing the computer 20 to act as the test emulator 190 illustrated in FIG. 2 . SimTester loads all module and DUT DLLs and responds to commands from the system software and emulates the test apparatus, where the system software is runtime software to simulate pattern load and execution.
  • SimTester When SimTester is brought up, it loads the Simulation Configuration File. This results in the loading of all Module Emulation DLLs which cause the test emulator 190 as the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , and the test module emulation section 270 .
  • SimTester waits for a connection from the system controller 110 .
  • the system controller 110 connects to SimTester when a test plan is loaded. Part of the information in the test plan is the name of the Offline Configuration File. Before the system controller 110 actually loads the test plan data, it sends the Offline Configuration File to SimTester so that it can complete its initialization.
  • a successful load of the Offline Configuration File means that SimTester has loaded the DUT models and has attached them to the module emulator such as the test module emulation section 270 as the DUT connection section 280 and the DUT simulating section 200 . At this point the simulation is ready for pattern loading and after that pattern execution.
  • SimTester is signalled to unload the DUT models and wait for a new Offline Configuration File.
  • SimTester uses 2 configuration files.
  • the first is the simulation configuration file. This file specifies what tester modules will be available during the simulation.
  • the second file is the offline configuration file. This file specifies what DUT models will be loaded and how they are connected to the tester.
  • FIGS. 14-15 are examples of a simulation configuration file.
  • the file is broken up into hierarchical blocks.
  • the global section 5010 performs global setting.
  • the InitVoltage parameter is the initial voltage on all the wires in the simulation at the start. Subsequent patterns start with the state left on the wire by the previous pattern.
  • the RecoveryRate parameter is an optional parameter used to resolve two analogue signals driving against once another. More specifically, the parameter indicates voltage variation per a predetermined time used to determine how long it takes a voltage to achieve its steady state level when this case arises.
  • the module emulation section 5020 specifies module DLL, and sets up the module DLL.
  • the Waveform Section declares what types of waveform models are used for each module resource.
  • the waveform model such as step waveform, slew waveform, analogue waveform or the like, is specified for each channel connecting with a terminal of the DUT
  • a port section declares instance of the module emulator which causes the test emulator 190 to acts as the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , the module emulation section 270 and/or the like.
  • the LogicalPort parameter is provided such that when a module inserted in a channel is replaced to another channel due to the fail of the channel, the LogicalPort parameter keeps about the replacement.
  • the Params section in the module emulation section 5020 keeps the parameter to be passed to the module DLL.
  • FIGS. 16-17 are examples of offline configuration files.
  • the global section 5110 performs an overall setup.
  • RegSelect specifies a file which selects the register to be traced for pattern tracing.
  • Waveform parameter sets up a waveform model for every terminals of each DUT.
  • DUT block mainly includes Params Block and PinConnections Block.
  • the PinConnections Block specifies connection between resource of the test apparatus and a terminal of the DUT.
  • “L3.11 10 1.0ns” indicates that Resource 11 of LogicalPort 3 is connected to DUT pin 10 , with a transport delay of 1.0 nanoseconds.
  • the LogicalPort is a port where a module is implemented, and the Resource is logic or the like which corresponds to a channel provided in the module etc.
  • Tester module and DUT models are created by the framework of the module emulation program illustrated in FIG. 5 , e.g., by deriving C++ classes from some base classes. The derivation involves implementing a few virtual functions in the base class. In addition, the framework provides some classes that facilitate I/O between tester modules and DUT models. Finally, by implementing the framework, the obtained DLL can be connected to another component in the test emulator 190 to run the emulation.
  • FIG. 18 is a class hierarchical structure 5200 illustrating the detail of the class hierarchical structure illustrated in FIG. 5 .
  • Each method in ThirdPartyModule class and ThirdPartyDUT classes are the virtual methods that must be implemented to define the behaviour of the model.
  • the createDomain, registerDomain, releaseDomain, getDomain, registerEvent and raiseEvent methods in the SimComponent base class provides service for accessing the software simulation engine of the DUT 100 which causes the test emulator 190 to acts as the schedule control section 275 or the like.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a specification diagram of the channel object used as an interface in the framework.
  • Tester modules and DUT models will contain an array of SimChannel objects. Each instance of SimChannel corresponds to an I/O channel for the model. Channels are identified using SimChanID objects.
  • the SimChannel class allows the module or DUT model to write the voltage time history to the output channel, and to read voltages at specific times from input channels. If an input channel needs to be scanned for edges in a time window, then an instance of a SimWaveformIter can be obtained from the SimChannel::getWaveformlter method.
  • the SimWaveformIter object allows the calling routine to iterate through all the edge in a finite time window.
  • FIG. 21 shows base class of simple digital module as an example of the module of the test apparatus.
  • the class of the digital driver module and the digital strobe module is generated as a derived class of the base class.
  • the developer implements constructor of the base class, getChannel method which returns the channel object, setBaseAddress which sets up memory address space of the module, setBusNumber method which sets up the slot number of the bus switch 140 , lockInterrupt/unlockInterrupt method which sets up lock/unlock of interruption, the read/write method which accesses the memory address space in the modular based on the base class.
  • Offline simulation is an event driven process. That is, each module registers events. Then, the handleEvent method of the module of which the event is registered is called.
  • the events are defined by the SimEvent class and classified into synchronous events and asynchronous events. Asynchronous events are further classified into system events and local asynchronous events. System events are for example, system interruption, end of pattern generation, etc.
  • Local asynchronous events are used to handle inter-module communications. As the name applies there is no time associated with this event. To indicate that a module wishes to receive a particular asynchronous event, it should register for it through the overloaded registerEvent method that takes no time argument. If a module needs to raise an event, the raiseEvent method should be invoked. Note that the event object supports arguments to be added to an event. The receiving module should handle asynchronous events in the overloaded handleEvent method that has no time argument.
  • the most common type of event used is the local synchronous event (or simply synchronous event). These events are used by modules to schedule read or write (drive or strobe for digital modules) events. Synchronous events are only used by a module to receive notification at a specific time, and are never used for inter-module communications.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates class declaration of a simple digital driver module.
  • the developer implements getModuleIDs method which returns information on the constructor and vendor/module of the class, and initEvents method which initializes the driver module.
  • FIG. 23 is an example of the handleEvent method of the digital driver module.
  • the drive module writes edges for all the channels in the current cycle. This writing is performed by the set method in each element of m_channels, which is an array of SimChannel objects.
  • the SimChannel objects include off method and end method.
  • the off method stops drive of the signal.
  • the end method notifies the framework that the generation of the signal during a predetermined period, e.g., cycle period, is finished.
  • a signal which instructs read-out of a channel is sent to a component opposite from the channel. e.g., to the DUT connection unit 280 . Consequently, the generated signal is read by the component.
  • the user will make several set-method calls to specify the voltage over a time range, and then call end method once at the end of the predetermined period.
  • the relation between the set method and the end method will be described in detail in B.3.4.
  • FIG. 24 shows class declaration of a simple digital strobe module.
  • the developer implements constructor, getModuleID method, initEvents method, etc., in a similar manner to the digital driver module.
  • the digital strobe module since the comparison result of the output value of the DUT and an expected value is stored in fail memory, read and write methods are changed.
  • FIG. 25 is an example of the handleEvent method of the digital strobe module.
  • a digital strobe module reads the voltage of the channel in specific timing using the read method of the SimChannel. Then, after finishing the processing during the cycle period, it request the SimEventMgr object to create an event by sending the end timing of the next cycle, then the event is registered by the registerEvent method.
  • DUT modelling uses the same approach as tester modules; however, the simulation of DUTs is not event driven. Hence, SimComponentStepped the base class for DUT models, supplies implementations for initEvents, handleEvent, and bus I/O methods. Instead the function run must be implemented to define the DUT model behaviour during pattern execution.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example of the run method in the DUT model.
  • the run method takes two arguments, a start time and an end time. These arguments indicate that the DUT model should advance its internal states from the start time to the end time based upon stimulus from the input pins and output any data resulting from these changes to the DUT state. Inputs should be received from the SimChannel objects. In addition, outputs can occur after the end time.
  • the run method includes steps of scanning the input terminals, updating the internal states of the DUT, and outputting data to the output channels of the DUT.
  • calling end indicates to the system that the object on the other side of the channel can safely read the channel up to the specified time because the signal will not change.
  • the framework insures that this is true by blocking any writes to the channel for times earlier than the last end call. This can cause problems in subsequent run calls to the DUT model.
  • a DLL of the module and the DUT model based on the framework is build and the functions that creates an instance of these models and perform any clean up after the end of the process is exported, so that the DLL which emulates the module of the test apparatus and the DLL which emulates the DUT may be created.
  • Supplementary information C An example of specification of system bus access library
  • FIG. 28 shows positioning of the system bus access library 6014 in the real environment 6000 and the emulation environment 6050 . It is used in common in the real environment 6000 of the DUT 100 and in the emulation environment 6050 by the test emulator 190 .
  • FIG. 28A shows positioning of the system bus access library 6014 in the real environment 6000 (online environment).
  • Software 6010 is software which runs on the site controller 130 illustrated in FIG. 1 .
  • the software 6010 includes: an HLC processing section 6012 which receives and interprets HLC (High Level Command) from the program which controls the test of the test apparatus 10 and generates the access command to hardware 6030 ; a system bus access library 6014 including a communication library which performs communication processing based on an access command, and a bus access library which accesses a system bus (PCI bus in the present embodiment) based on instructions of the communication library; and a PCI bus driver 6016 which controls a system bus based on instruction of the system bus access library 6014 .
  • HLC High Level Command
  • the hardware 6030 includes: a bus IF 6032 included in the site controller 130 illustrated in FIG. 1 ; the bus switch 140 ; and various modules such as the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 and/or test module 170 .
  • the bus IF 6032 connected to the bus slot of the site controller 130 transmits access issued by the PCI bus driver 6016 to the modules such as the synchronous module 150 and/or test module 170 , through the bus switch 140 , so that the access is processed.
  • FIG. 28B illustrates positioning of the system bus access library 6014 in the emulation environment 6050 (offline environment).
  • the offline process 6060 is software which runs on the site controller 130 or the test emulator 190 illustrated in FIG. 1 , and causes the test emulator 190 to act as the site control emulation section 230 .
  • the offline process 6060 is a process to control the test apparatus emulation process 6080 instead of controlling the hardware 6030 by the software 6010 .
  • the offline process 6060 provides the user of software 6010 with a user level interface in common with the software 6010 by using the HLC processing section 6012 and the system bus access library 6014 , which are substantially same as the software 6010 .
  • the test apparatus emulation process 6080 is a process which emulates the test apparatus 10 , and includes a system bus emulator 6084 which emulates the bus switch 140 , and the module emulator 6086 which emulates the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , and/or the test module 170 .
  • the system bus emulator 6084 causes the test emulator 190 to act as the bus switch emulation section 240 .
  • the module emulator 6086 causes the test emulator 190 to act as the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 , and/or the test module emulation section 270 .
  • module means at least one of the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 and the test module 170 in the online environment, and the synchronous module emulation section 250 , the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 and the test module emulation section 270 in the offline environment.
  • This chapter describes general functions used in the module driver which runs on the site controller 130 and controls the synchronous module 150 , the synchronous connection module 160 , and/or the test module 170 .
  • this library is used to access registers and memories in the tester module and read and write the data necessary for device measurement.
  • the main functions described in this chapter are as follows:
  • FIFO is placed in the System bus and Tester Module and, therefore, if any data is transferred from the Site CPU to the Tester Module, the write action of the CPU is stopped without waiting for the completion of the write action of the Tester Module.
  • the time until the data is actually stored in the register is influenced by the availability of FIFO existing between the CPU and the register of the target. For guaranteeing that the data has definitely reached all Tester Modules, use the flush waiting function of the FIFO. When FIFOs are flushed using the read of the register in the Tester Module, it can be guaranteed that only the FIFO of the Tester Module to be read has been flushed.
  • the read action is made to wait until the FIFO of the Tester Module 2 is flushed, but there is no guarantee that the FIFO of the Tester Module 1 has been flushed. If this guarantee is desired, execute reading of the Tester Module 2 , using the flush waiting function of the FIFO in the Tester Module, after the FIFO of each Tester Module has been flushed.
  • the System bus executes the read cycles for the specified number of times.
  • the data array is written to the register placed in the evenly spaced addresses of the Tester Module.
  • the data array is written from the specified starting address and the offset value is added to the address every time the data is written.
  • the offset value can be specified as a value between 0 and 0 ⁇ 3fffff.
  • the System bus executes the write cycles for the specified number of times.
  • the data array is read from the register placed in the evenly spaced addresses of the Tester Module.
  • the data array is read from the specified starting address and the offset value is added to the address every time the data is read.
  • the offset value can be specified as a value between 0 and 0 ⁇ 3ffffff.
  • the System bus executes the read cycle the specified number of times.
  • the function terminates without waiting for the DMA termination. Therefore, it is required that the lifecycle of the data area be guaranteed by the user. Furthermore, if any function using the DMA is executed before the transfer of the asynchronous DMA has been completed, the function is forced to wait until the previous DMA transfer is completed.
  • the transfer ID is prepared as the identification information to wait for the completion of asynchronous DMA processing.
  • This transfer ID is 32-bit data without a code and, if the number of DMA transfers exceeds 32 bits, it returns to 0 and is reused.
  • burst DMA transfer data is transferred with packets specific to burst on the System bus.
  • one address and N (64 at the maximum) data are taken as a packet and the transfer of packets is repeated until the transfer of the specified number of data is completed. Therefore, high-speed transfer is possible.
  • the address and data are transferred as a set on the System bus, the same as in program 10 . Therefore, the transfer speed is lower than that for burst DMA, but transfer to any register is possible.
  • the increasing value for the address on the System bus side can be specified. This increasing value is added to the address every time an address is generated.
  • the data placed in the memory of the Site CPU is transferred to the Tester Module using DMA.
  • This function can specify burst or single for asynchronous write.
  • BCL_GBI_writeAsyncDMA [Syntax] int BCL_GBI_writeSyncDMA(unsigned int address, unsigned int *data, unsigned int number, unsigned int offset, unsigned int mode, unsigned int *transferID); [Argument] address Machine word address data Pointer to the array in which the data is stored number The number of data to be written offset The offset value to be added to the address for each data transfer mode Burst or single operation mode transferID Pointer for ID for waiting for completion of transfer [Return value] BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination BCL_GBI_ERROR Error C.2.2.4 Asynchronous Read Using DMA Function
  • Bus error, Bus timeout or Sync error interrupt generated by the System bus I/F disables the interrupt inside the interrupt thread and then executes the interrupt handlers of the registered target in turns. After execution of the target interrupt handlers is completed, the interrupt thread clears the factor of the interrupt and enables the interrupt internally.
  • control of enable/disable can be controlled by the function of this library separately from enable/disable inside the interrupt thread.
  • the interrupt thread disables the interrupt internally and executes the lock of the interrupt for the Tester Module. Then, interrupt handlers corresponding to the bus number causing the interrupt are executed by turns. After completing the execution of the target interrupt handlers, the interrupt thread clears the factor of the interrupt for the Tester Module. Then the lock of the interrupt is released and the interrupt is enabled internally.
  • control of enable/disable can be controlled by the function of this library separately from enable/disable inside the interrupt thread.
  • Inhibition/permission for interrupt can be controlled both on the System bus board and the Tester Module.
  • Inhibition/permission on the System bus I/F side simply enables/disables the interrupt from the Tester Module.
  • Lock/unlock of interrupt on the Tester Module side controls generation of interrupt on the source of interrupt on the Tester Module side. During lock, generation of new interrupt in the Tester Module is inhibited and change in the status related to interrupt is also inhibited. After unlock, generation of interrupt on the Tester Module side becomes possible.
  • the interrupt handler function at the time of occurrence of the interrupt from the Tester Module is registered.
  • the registered function is executed with the exclusive thread for the interrupt handler.
  • the interrupt handler is registered together with the bus number, and the interrupt handler that has the same registered bus number as that of the Tester Module that reported the interrupt is activated.
  • the value set at the time of registration is returned to the interrupt handler.
  • Two interrupt handlers can be registered at the same time for each bus number. Bus numbers can be specified from 1 to 64. If successfully registered, the key number is returned as the return value. If registration is carried out using this key number, the re-registration and deletion of the interrupt handler with this key number becomes possible. If any registration is carried out by specifying 0 as the key number, the interrupt handler will be set to a vacant key number. If there is no vacant key number, an error occurs and ( ⁇ 1) will be returned as the return value. With respect to execution of interrupt handlers in the case in which two interrupt handlers have been registered, the execution is carried out from the younger key number.
  • Deletion of the interrupt handler is registered by setting the address of the callback function to BCL_GBI_IGNORE_MODULE_HANDLER.
  • the interrupt thread does not execute the interrupt handler of BCL_GBI_IGNORE_MODULE_HANDLER. If both of two interrupt handlers for each bus number become BCL_GBI_IGNORE_MODULE_HANDLER, interrupt handlers of that bus number return to the default.
  • the error processing function for the case in which error occurred in the System bus is registered. If any error occurs in the System bus, the interrupt thread executes the registered function. In addition, if any error occurs in the System bus, the interrupt is cleared by the interrupt thread. It is not necessary to clear inside the interrupt handler.
  • Up to 65 interrupt handlers for Bus error can be registered. If successfully registered, the key number is returned as the return value. If registration is carried out using this key number, the re-registration and deletion of the interrupt handler with this key number becomes possible. If any registration is carried out by specifying 0 as the key number, the interrupt handler will be set to a vacant key number. If there is no vacant key number, an error occurs and ( ⁇ 1) will be returned as the return value. Deletion of the interrupt handler is registered by setting the address of the callback function to BCL_GBI_IGNORE_BUSERROR_HANDLER.
  • the interrupt thread does not execute the interrupt handler of BCL_GBI_IGNORE_BUSERROR_HANDLER. If all 65 interrupt handlers become BCL_GBI_IGNORE_BUSERROR_HANDLER, they return to the default. (The standard interrupt handler in the access library will be set.) Bus error may occur due to an error in communication of the System bus or failed hardware.
  • the error processing function for the case in which timeout occurs in the System bus is registered. If any timeout occurs in the System bus, the interrupt thread executes the registered function. In addition, if any timeout occurs in the System bus, the interrupt is cleared by the interrupt thread.
  • interrupt handler Up to 65 interrupt handlers for Bus timeout can be registered. If successfully registered, the key number is returned as the return value. If registration is carried out using this key number, the re-registration and deletion of the interrupt handler with this key number becomes possible. If any registration is carried out by specifying 0 as the key number, the interrupt handler will be set to a vacant key number. If there is no vacant key number, an error occurs and ( ⁇ 1) will be returned as the return value. Deletion of the interrupt handler is registered by setting the address of the callback function to BCL_GBI_IGNORE_TIMEOUT_HANDLER.
  • the interrupt thread does not execute the interrupt handler of BCL_GBI_IGNORE_TIMEOUT_HANDLER. If all 65 interrupt handlers become BCL_GBI_IGNORE_TIMEOUT_HANDLER, they return to the default. (The standard interrupt handler in the access library will be set.) Bus timeout occurs at the time of read in the condition in which a cable is disconnected or the receiver does not exist. Failed hardware can also be the cause.
  • the error processing function for the case in which Sync error occurred in the System bus is registered. If any Sync error occurs in the System bus, the interrupt thread executes the registered function. In addition, if any Sync error occurs in the System bus, the interrupt is cleared by the interrupt thread. It is not necessary to clear inside the interrupt handler.
  • Interrupt handlers for Sync error can be registered. If successfully registered, the key number is returned as the return value. If registration is carried out using this key number, the re-registration and deletion of the interrupt handler with this key number becomes possible. If any registration is carried out by specifying 0 as the key number, the interrupt handler will be set to a vacant key number. If there is no vacant key number, an error occurs and ( ⁇ 1) will be returned as the return value.
  • Deletion of the interrupt handler is registered by setting the address of the callback function to BCL_GBI_IGNORE_SYNCERROR_HANDLER.
  • the interrupt thread does not execute the interrupt handler of BCL_GBI_IGNORE_SYNCERROR_HANDLER. If all 65 interrupt handlers become BCL_GBI_IGNORE_SYNCERROR_HANDLER, they return to the default. (The standard interrupt handler in the access library will be set.)
  • Sync error may be caused by improper setting of software or faulty design of hardware. Failed hardware can also be the cause.
  • FIFO of System bus I/F Emulator does not exist.
  • the existence of FIFO in the Tester Module is vendor-dependent.
  • Tester Modules connected to the Site CPU are reset. In this function, the following processing is conducted.
  • the resetting action and the time needed depend on each Tester Module.
  • the System bus access library is initialized. When using the System bus access library, it is necessary to carry out this initialization at first. In this function, the following processes are executed.
  • the error information format is the same as BCL_GBI_getLastError( ).
  • the number of stored error information units is returned.
  • the resolution of the timer hardware on the System bus I/F board is 1 [us].
  • the elapsed time after the System bus access library is initialized can be read in seconds [s].
  • the resolution is 1 [us]. However, if the read value is larger than the significant digits of double * 1 [us], a resolution of 1 [us] may not be obtained because data is converted to double type and then read.
  • the significant digits of double are 15 digits in decimal, therefore, theoretically, a resolution of 1 [us] cannot be obtained for about 31 years from initialization.
  • the hardware counter operates in 64 bits, therefore, theoretically, it will return to 0 after about 580,000 years after the System bus access library is initialized.
  • the difference (elapsed time) between readings at regular intervals may not be the same due to the load conditions of the CPU or PCI bus, or due to the FIFO conditions.
  • the elapsed time after initializing the System bus access library is initialized can be read in count value.
  • the count value increases by 1 with an elapse of 1 [us].
  • the hardware counter operates in 64 bits, therefore, theoretically, it will return to 0 after about 580,000 years after the System bus access library is initialized.
  • the difference (elapsed time) between readings at regular intervals may not be the same due to the load conditions of the CPU or PCI bus, or due to the FIFO conditions.
  • This function causes the next function to wait until the specified time elapses. If a value smaller than 1 [us] is specified as the wait time, the next function will start immediately.
  • the wait time may be longer than the specified time, depending on the load conditions of the CPU.
  • the wait time is based on the value in which less than 1 [ms] is rounded off. For example, if a value smaller than 1 [ms] is specified as the wait time (time), the function will be returned immediately.
  • the maximum wait time is 4294967.296 [s] (approximately 49 days).
  • the function described in this chapter is a function used for configuration of System bus I/F and the tester module. Because data transfer to the tester module becomes impossible if carelessly operated, use it after becoming thoroughly familiar with the structure of the hardware and software.
  • Offline bus connection can be switched by executing this function when bus switch configuration write is complete.
  • the function described in this chapter is a function used for bus configuration and hardware diagnostics. Because interruption of the System bus I/F board is directly controlled, if operated carelessly, the device driver of the System bus I/F board and this library cannot execute interrupt processing.
  • interrupt signals are enabled on the System bus I/F board.
  • Those signals can be set as the bit information defined as follows. In specifying multiple interrupt signals, set them as logical OR. This function terminates after making sure that the interrupt has been enabled on the System bus I/F.
  • interrupt signals are disabled on the System bus I/F board.
  • interrupt signals are read on the System bus I/F board. There are four types of interrupt signals: interrupt from the Tester Module, Bus error, Bus timeout and Sync error. Those signals can be read as the bit information defined as follows:
  • interrupt signals are cleared on the System bus I/F board.
  • the number of all Tester Modules connected to the System bus that is connected to the Site CPU is set on the System bus I/F board. With this setting, the number of modules to synchronize FIFO is determined.
  • FIFO of System bus I/F Emulator does not exist.
  • the existence of FIFO in the Tester Module is vendor-dependent.
  • the interrupt signal setting (enable or disable) on the System bus I/F board and the interrupt occurrence setting (lock or unlock) from the Tester Module are saved. This function is used to save the current settings before interrupt is executed in diagnosis or other operations.
  • the saved settings are restored by using the BCL_GBI_restoreInterruptCondition( ) function. If this function is executed more than once, the previously saved settings are deleted and only the most recently saved settings take effect.
  • the interrupt signal setting (enable or disable) on the System bus I/F board and the interrupt occurrence setting (lock or unlock) from the Tester Module saved by using the BCL_GBI_saveInterruptCondition( ) function are restored.
  • this function is used to restore the settings before the operation. If this function is executed without using the BCL_GBI_saveInterruptCondition( ) function to save the settings, the function returns an error. If this function is executed more than once, no error occurs and the most recently saved settings are restored.
  • the base address of the PCI bus which is used in the System bus I/F board, can be acquired. This function is used in the diagnostic process for the System bus I/F board, etc. This address can be used only for a process from which the address has been acquired. If the acquired address is NULL, the library has not been initialized. Initialize the library by using the BCL_GBI_init function and then use this function.
  • This function is used only in the debugging process and cannot be used for any products in any way.
  • Occurrences of interrupts from the Tester Module can be disabled at the source of the interrupts. After setting the interrupt lock, no interrupt is issued from the Tester Module. This function ends after the lock command is completely stored in each of the Tester Modules.
  • Occurrences of interrupts from the Tester Module can be enabled at the source of the interrupts. Executing this function allows the Tester Module to issue interrupts that have been suspended by the interrupt lock function or interrupts which are generated after unlocking.
  • the bus access tracing allows the accessed address and data and read/write identification to be indicated in the standard output stream.
  • the function tracing allows the executed function names to be indicated in the standard output stream. Any function can be registered as a function that executes tracing and replaced for a previously registered function.
  • the access library contains the following functions that execute bus access tracing:
  • a single address or continuous addresses can be specified for filtering, depending on the filter mode. Up to 16 address specifications are allowed. When the trace function is enabled, only the addresses that match any of the address specifications are traced.
  • the access library contains the following functions that execute tracing:
  • test emulator As described above, according to the present invention, there is provided the test emulator, the test module emulator, and the record medium storing the programs for emulating appropriately the test apparatus which is used with various modules.

Abstract

There is provided a test emulator for emulating a test apparatus including a plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively, including: a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on different cycles, a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test, a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section, a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one, and a schedule section for causing the test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by the timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.

Description

  • The present application is a continuation-in-part application of PCT application No. PCT/JP2004/001648 filed on Feb. 16, 2004, which claims priority from Ser. No. 60/447,839 filed on Feb. 14, 2003, 60/449,622 filed on Feb. 24, 2003, Ser. No. 10/403,817 filed on Mar. 31, 2003 and Ser. No. 10/404,002 filed on Mar. 31, 2003, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • The present invention also relates to a U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/404,002 filed on 31 Mar. 2003, a U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/403,817 filed on 31 Mar. 2003, an International Patent Application No. PCT/JP2004/001649 filed on 16 Feb. 2004, and an International Patent Application No. PCT/JP2004/001648 filed on 16 Feb. 2004, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • 1. Field of the Invention
  • The present invention relates to a test emulator, a test module emulator, and a record medium storing program therein. More particularly, the present invention relates to a test emulator, a test module emulator, and a record medium storing program therein for emulating test apparatuses including a plurality of exchangeable test modules for supplying a test signal to DUTs respectively, and verifying a test environment without using real things such as a DUT or a test module.
  • 2. Description of Related Art
  • Conventionally, technologies are disclosed in Japanese patent application publications No. 10-320229, No. 2000-267881, No. 2001-51025, No. 2001-134457, and No. 2002-333469, as means for verifying test environment without using real things such as a DUT or a test apparatus.
  • The Japanese patent application publications No. 10-320229 discloses: each emulator unit for emulating function of each hardware unit of a semiconductor test apparatus; a device emulator for emulating function of DUT; means for collecting data required for execution of a test program from each of the emulator units based on a test program; and an emulator including a device test emulator for generating a test signal in a device emulator based on the collected data, comparing result signals from the device emulator, and storing the result therein.
  • The Japanese patent application publication No.2000-267881 discloses a semiconductor simulating apparatus for accurately simulating voltage and current which change depending on internal resistance of the DUT.
  • The Japanese patent application publications No.2001-51025 discloses a program debugging apparatus for a semiconductor test including: tester emulation means for emulating operation of the semiconductor test apparatus; hardware description language simulating means for simulating the DUT based on the hardware description language; and debugging means for debugging the program for the semiconductor test based on the simulating result of the DUT.
  • The Japanese patent application publications No. 2001-134457 discloses a program debugging apparatus for a semiconductor test for composing data points corresponding to each pin at high speed when emulating operation of the semiconductor test apparatus.
  • The Japanese patent application publications No. 2002-333469 discloses a program debugging apparatus for a semiconductor test for verifying program for the semiconductor test being composed for a semiconductor device including an analogue output terminal.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • It is premised that the emulators of the test apparatuses described above are used for the test apparatus having a proprietary architecture basically developed by a test apparatus vendor. On the other hand, in test apparatuses in the future, a method for constructing the test apparatus by combining modules developed by various vendors, which is realized by an open architecture, is expected. Therefore, It is desirable to offer an emulator for appropriately emulating the test apparatus constructed by the various modules.
  • Therefore, it is an object of the present invention to provide a test emulator, a test module emulator, and a record medium storing program therein which can solve the foregoing problem. The above and other objects can be achieved by combinations described in the independent claims. The dependent claims define further advantageous and exemplary combinations of the present invention.
  • Therefore, according to the first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a test emulator for emulating a test apparatus including a plurality of test modules for supplying a test signal to devices under test respectively. The test emulator includes: a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on different cycles; a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section; a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and a schedule section for causing the test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by the timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
  • The test emulator may further include a device under test simulating section for simulating operation of a device under test based on the test signal generated in simulation.
  • The synchronous emulation section may further generate interruption collection timings for collecting interruption to the control apparatus generated in simulation by each of the plurality of test module emulation sections during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timings, the timing alignment section may align the plurality of test signal generating timings and the plurality of interruption collection timings in order of time, and outputs them one by one, and the schedule section may cause the test module emulation section corresponding to the interruption collection timing to notify the control emulation section of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time at which the test module emulation section generates the test signal just before the interruption collection timing, in case that the timing alignment section outputs one of the interruption collection timings.
  • Each of the plurality of test module emulation sections may generate change timing of the test signal in the cycle time at the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and the test emulator may further include a DUT connection section for acquiring the plurality of change timings generated by the plurality of test module emulation sections, and for changing the test signal in simulation one by one in order of time based on the plurality of change timings.
  • The DUT connection section supplies the plurality of change timings acquired from the plurality of test module emulation sections to the timing alignment section, the timing alignment section may align the plurality of change timings, the plurality of test signal generating timings, and the plurality of interruption collection timings in order of time, and outputs them one by one, and the schedule section may cause the DUT connection section to change the test signal in simulation at the change timing, in case that the timing alignment section outputs one of the change timings.
  • Each of the plurality of the test module emulation sections may notify the synchronous emulation section of the cycle end timing at which the cycle time ends during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and the synchronous emulation section may generate the test signal generating timings at which the test module emulation section generates the test signal in simulation corresponding to next cycle time based on the cycle end timing notified from each of the plurality of test module emulation sections.
  • The schedule section may cause the interruption generated in simulation by the test module emulation section corresponding to the test signal generating timing to be notified to the control emulation section during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time just before the test signal generating timing, in case that the timing alignment section outputs the test signal generating timing corresponding to the next cycle time.
  • Each of the plurality of test module emulation sections may be realized by operating test module emulation program corresponding to the test module emulation section by a computer, and the test module emulation program may include: a plurality of hardware emulation functions, being provided corresponding to a plurality of commands received by the test module from the control apparatus respectively, for emulating operation of the test module corresponding to the command; and a control function used in order for the schedule section to cause the test emulator to generate the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
  • According to the second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a record medium storing therein program for causing a computer to function as a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses including a plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively. The program causes the computer to function as: a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on different cycles; a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section; a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and a schedule section for causing the test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by the timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
  • According to the third aspect of the present invention, there is provided a test module emulator for emulating a test module among a plurality of test modules by a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses including the plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively based on a different cycle. The test emulator includes: a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section; a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and a schedule section for causing the test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by the timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and the test module emulator includes a pattern generator emulation section for generating the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings based on instructions from the schedule section.
  • The test module emulator may further includes a test module interface emulation section for notifying a synchronous emulation section of cycle end timing at which the cycle corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings ends, and causing the synchronous emulation section to further generate the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulator is to generate the test signal in simulation for the next time based on the cycle end timing.
  • According to the fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a record medium storing therein program for causing a computer to function as a test module emulator for emulating a test module among a plurality of test modules as for a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses including the plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively based on a different cycle. The test emulator includes: a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of the test module emulation section, based on instructions from the control emulation section; a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by the synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and a schedule section for causing the test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by the timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and the program causes the computer to function as a pattern generator emulation section for generating the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings based on instructions from the schedule section.
  • According to the fifth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a test apparatus including a test module for supplying a test signal to a device under test. The test apparatus includes: a control apparatus for controlling a test of the device under test; a test module for generating a test signal based on a cycle; and a test module emulation section for emulating the test module. The control apparatus inputs an instruction about which of a real test or a simulation test is to be selected for the test of the device under test, the control apparatus supplies the test module with a test program for testing the device under test and causes the test module to test the device under test when the instruction indicates that the real test of the device under test is to be performed, and the control apparatus supplies the test module emulation section with a test program for testing the device under test and causes the test module emulation section to simulate the test of the device under test when the instructions indicates that the simulation test of the device under test is to be performed.
  • The control unit may execute communication software for performing communication processing between the control unit and the test module, and the communication software may decide whether the test program is to be supplied to the test module or the test module emulation section based on the instructions included in calling for initializing the communication software in cooperation with the control apparatus.
  • According to the sixth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a test emulator for emulating a test apparatus including a plurality of test modules for supplying a test signal to devices under test. The test emulator includes: a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on a cycle; a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; and a schedule section for scheduling test signal generating timing at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate test signal corresponding to a cycle time in simulation. The test module emulation section outputs variation of voltage of the test signal during the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing by calling voltage setting method of an output channel object which emulates an output channel for multiple times on receiving the test signal generating timing by a function call, and the test module emulation section notifies that output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time is finished by calling an end method of the output channel object output after the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time is finished.
  • The schedule section may calculate a period during which all of the test module emulation sections finishes the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal based on the end method notified from each of the plurality of test module emulation sections, and the test emulator may further comprise a device under test simulating section for acquiring the test signal within the period and simulates operation of the device under test during the period based on the test signal.
  • The output channel object may forbid the variation of the voltage in the period during which the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal was finished, which was notified by the end method, after the end method was called.
  • The summary of the invention does not necessarily describe all necessary features of the present invention. The present invention may also be a sub-combination of the features described above.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a test apparatus 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of a test emulator 190 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram exemplary showing a hardware configuration of a computer 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of a test module emulation section 270 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of a class hierarchical structure 500 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a flow chart showing a test signal generating processing flow of the test emulator 190 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a drawing exemplary showing the test signal simulated by the test emulator 190 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates software architecture according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the use of test classes according to an embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a Unified Modelling Language (UML) diagram illustrating the interaction of a tester system and different vendor-supplied module resources according to an embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an embodiment of site controller objects for managing a user's test as maintained by a site controller.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates an embodiment of an object surrogate at the system controller side that represents the site controller object shown in FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a test environment according to an embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates an example of a simulation configuration file according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates another example of the simulation configuration file according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an example of an offline configuration file according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates another example of the offline configuration file according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates an example of a class hierarchical structure 5200 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a specification diagram of a channel object according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates a specification diagram of an event object according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates an example of a base class of the digital module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates an example of class declaration of the digital driver module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates an example of a handleEvent method of the digital driver module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 illustrates class declaration of the digital strobe module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an example of a handleEvent method of the digital strobe module according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 illustrates an example of a class definition of a DUT model according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates an example of a run method of the DUT model according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 28A and 28B illustrate positioning of a system bus access library 6014 in real environment 6000 and emulation environment 6050.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention will now be described based on the preferred embodiments, which do not intend to limit the scope of the present invention, but exemplify the invention. All of the features and the combinations thereof described in the embodiment are not necessarily essential to the invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a test apparatus 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The test apparatus 10 generates a test signal, supplies it to a DUT 100 (Device Under Test), and judges acceptability of the DUT 100 based on whether a result signal, which is output from the DUT 100 as a result of the DUT 100 being operated based on the test signal, coincides with an expected value. The test apparatus 10 according to the present embodiment is realized by an open architecture, and various kinds of modules based on the open architecture are used as a test module 170 and the like for supplying the test signal to the DUT 100. Moreover, the test apparatus 10 includes a test emulator 190 for emulating a real test of the DUT 1000, and the test emulator 190 provides an emulation environment for appropriately changing a configuration in response to the change of the test module 170 and the like used for the real test, and for appropriately emulating the real test of the DUT 1000.
  • The test apparatus 10 includes a system controller 110, a telecommunication network 120, site controllers 130 a-130 c, a bus switch 140, synchronous modules 150 a-150 b, synchronous connection modules 160 a-160 b, the test modules 170 a-170 b, a load board 180, and the test emulator 190. The test apparatus 10 connects with the DUTs 100 a-100 b.
  • The system controller 110 receives and stores test control program, test program, test data and the like, which is used for the test of the DUTs 100 a-100 b by the test apparatus 10, through an external network or the like. The telecommunication network 120 connects the system controller 110, the site controllers 130 a-130 c, and the test emulator 190, and relays communication between them.
  • The site controllers 130 a-130 c are examples of the control apparatus according to the present invention, and control the test of the DUTs 100. Here, each of the plurality of site controllers 130 controls the test of one of the DUTs 100 respectively. For example, in FIG. 1, the site controller 130 a controls the test of the DUT 100 a, and the site controller 130 b controls the test of the DUT 100 b. Alternatively, the plurality of site controllers 130 control the test of the plurality of DUTs 100 respectively.
  • More specifically, the site controller 130 acquires the test control program from the system controller 110 through the telecommunication network 120 and executes it. Next, based on the test control program, the site controller 130 acquires the test program and the test data used for the test of the DUT 100 from the system controller 110, and stores them in a module, such as the synchronous modules 150 or one or a plurality of the test module 170, which is used for the test of the DUT 100, through the bus switch 140. Next, the site controller 130 instructs the start of the test to the synchronous module 150 through the bus switch 140 based on the test program and the test data. Then, the site controller 130 receives an interruption, which indicates that the test is completed, from, for example, the synchronous module 150, and causes each of the modules to perform the next test based on the test result.
  • The bus switch 140 connects each of the plurality of site controllers 130 to the synchronous modules 150 and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 which are controlled by the site controller 130, and relays the communication between them. Here, a predetermined site controller 130 sets up the bus switch 140 in order to connect each of the plurality of site controllers 130 with the synchronous module 150 and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 used by the site controller 130 for the test of the DUT 100, based on the instruction of a user of the test apparatus 10, the test control program, etc. For example, in FIG. 1, the site controller 130 a is set up so that it connects with the synchronous module 150 a and the plurality of test modules 170 a, thereby the DUT 100 a is tested. Moreover, the site controller 130 b is set up so that it connects with the synchronous module 150 b and the plurality of test modules 170 b, thereby the DUT 100 b is tested.
  • Here, since configuration and operation of the site controller 130 b for testing the DUT 100 b using the synchronous module 150 b, the synchronous connection modules 160 b and one or a plurality of the test module 170 b are substantially the same as configuration and operation of the site controller 130 a for testing the DUT 100 a using the synchronous module 150 a, the synchronous connection modules 160 a and one or a plurality of the test module 170 a, the configuration and the operation of the site controller 130 a for testing the DUT 100 a will be mainly described hereinafter unless there is no difference.
  • The synchronous module 150 a generates a test signal generating timing, at which the plurality of test modules 170 used for the test of the DUT 100 a are to generate the test signal, based on the instruction of the site controller 130 a. Moreover, the synchronous module 150 a receives the test result from one or a plurality of the test modules 170 a through the synchronous connection module 160 a, and causes one or a plurality of the test module 170 a to perform sequence of the test program according to the acceptability of the test result.
  • The synchronous connection module 160 a notifies the test module 170 a of the test signal generating timing generated by the synchronous module 150 a, where the test module 170 a is to be operated corresponding to the test signal generating timing. Then, the synchronous connection module 160 a causes each of one or a plurality of the test modules 170 a to operate at a predetermined timing. Moreover, the synchronous connection module 160 a receives the test result from one or a plurality of the test modules 170 a, and transmits it to the synchronous module 150 a.
  • The plurality of test modules 170 a connect with a part of a plurality of terminals of the 100 a respectively, and tests the DUT 100 a based on the test program and the test data stored in the site controller 130 a. During the test of the DUT 100 a, test module 170 a generates the test signal from the test data based on the sequence defined by the test program, and supplies the test signal to the terminals of the DUT 100 a connected to the test modules 170 a. Next, test module 170 a acquires the result signal, which is output as a result of the DUT 100 a being operated based on the test signal, and the result signal is compared with an expected value. Then, the test module 170 a transmits the comparison result of the result signal and the expected value to the synchronous connection module 160 a as the test result. Here, the plurality of test modules 170 a generate the test signal based on different cycles in order to change the cycle of the test signal dynamically based on the test program and the test data.
  • Moreover, the test module 170 a generates an interruption to the site controller 130 a, when the processing of the test program is completed, or when an abnormality occurs during the execution of the test program. This interruption is notified to the site controller 130 a corresponding to the test module 170 a through the bus switch 140, and interruption processing is performed by the processor of the site controller 130 a.
  • The plurality of DUTs 100 are mounted on the load board 180, by which the plurality of test modules 170 and the corresponding terminals of the DUTs 100 are connected.
  • The test emulator 190 emulates the test apparatus 10 based on the test control program, the test program, and the test data stored in the system controller 110. Then, the test emulator 190 simulates the test of the DUT 100 using the simulation model of the DUT 100. In the present embodiment, the test emulator 190 simulates the operation of the site controller 130, the synchronous module 150 and the synchronous connection modules 160 and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 controlled by the site controller 130, and the DUT 100 which is to be tested by the corresponding site controller 130. By using the test emulator 190, the user of the test apparatus 10 starts the verification of the test control program, the test program, and/or the test data prior to the preparation of the DUT 100, the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160, the test module 170, etc. Moreover, by providing the plurality of test emulators 190, the test control program, the test program, and/or the test data are developed, without each of the plurality of users occupying the expensive real test environment.
  • As stated above, the test apparatus 10 is realized by an open architecture and various kinds of modules, which fulfil the specification of the open architecture, are utilized. Then, the test apparatus 10 is used by inserting the modules, such as the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160, and the test module 170, into arbitrary connection slots of the bus switch 140. At this time, the user of the test apparatus 10 etc. changes topology of the bus switch 140 through the site controller 130 a for example, causes the plurality of modules used for the test of the DUT 100 to connect with the site controller 130 for controlling the test of the DUT 100. Thereby, the user of the test apparatus 10 selects a suitable module according to the number of the terminals, the arrangement of the terminals, the kind of the terminals, or the kind of the test for each of the plurality of the DUTs 100, and mounts the module on the test apparatus 10.
  • Alternatively, as a substitution for the above-mentioned example, the synchronous connection module 160 a and the synchronous connection module 160 b are realized by a synchronous connection section provided for all of the test modules 170 used for the test apparatus 10. In this case, the user of the test apparatus 10 etc. selects a suitable module according to the property of the plurality of DUTs 100 by changing the topology of the synchronous connection section and the test module 170 with the change of the topology of the bus switch 140.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the test emulator 190 according to the embodiment of the present invention. The test emulator 190 includes a site control emulation section 230, a bus switch emulation section 240, a synchronous module emulation section 250, a synchronous connection module emulation section 260, one or a plurality of test module emulation sections 270, a DUT connection section 280, a DUT simulating section 200, and a schedule control section 275. Hereinafter, a case where the test emulator 190 emulates the test of the DUT 100 a by the site controller 130 a will be explained.
  • The site control emulation section 230 emulates the site controller 130 a illustrated in FIG. 1. That is, the site control emulation section 230 acquires the test control program from the system controller 110 through the telecommunication network 120 and executes it. Next, the site control emulation section 230 acquires the test program and the test data, which are used for the test of the DUT 100 a based on the test control program, from the system controller 110, and stores them in module emulation sections such as the synchronous module emulation section 250 or one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 through the bus switch emulation section 240.
  • Here, the site control emulation section 230 issues simulation commands, such as read-out access and write-in access from/to a storage area in the module, to the bus switch emulation section 240, where real commands are to be issued by the site controller 130 a to the synchronous modules 150 a and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 a. The site control emulation section 230 stores the test program and the test data in the synchronous module emulation sections 250, one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270, etc. through the bus switch emulation section 240 by issuing the write-in access of the test program and the test data in simulation to the bus switch emulation section 240.
  • Moreover, the site control emulation section 230 receives the interruption simulated by the synchronous module emulation section 250 and the test module emulation section 270 through the bus switch emulation section 240, and simulates the interruption processing of the site controller 130 a.
  • The bus switch emulation section 240 emulates the bus switch 140 illustrated in FIG. 1, and relays the communication between the site control emulation section 230, and the synchronous module emulation sections 250 and one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270.
  • The synchronous module emulation section 250 emulates the synchronous module 150 illustrated in FIG. 1, and generates the test signal generating timing, at which each of the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to the cycle time of the test module emulation section 270, based on the instructions from the site control emulation section 230. Next, the synchronous module emulation section 250 receives cycle end timing, which is the end timing of the cycle time, from the test module emulation section 270 which generates the test signal. Then, according to the cycle end timing, the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates: a test signal generating timing at which the test module emulation section 270 is to generate the next test signal; a test result collection timing for collecting the test results from the test module emulation section 270; a cycle termination timing for causing the test module emulation section 270 to terminate the processing of the cycle time; and an interruption collection timing for collecting the interruption to the site control emulation section 230 from the test module emulation section 270. Here, the interruption to the site control emulation section 230 from the test module emulation section 270 is the simulated interruption generated by each of the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 for the site controller 130 a during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
  • The synchronous connection module emulation section 260 emulates the synchronous connection module 160 illustrated in FIG. 1, and notifies the schedule control section 275 of the test signal generating timing generated by the synchronous module emulation section 250 in simulation, the test result collection timing and the cycle termination timing and the interruption collection timing which are generated by the synchronous module emulation section 250 for the emulation. Moreover, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 receives the test result from one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270, and transmits it to the synchronous module emulation section 250.
  • The test module emulation section 270 receives instruction of a cycle start from the synchronous module emulation section 250 which received instructions of a test signal generation, and generates the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing based on the test program and the test data stored in the site control emulation section 230. More specifically, the test module emulation section 270 generates a change timing of the test signal in simulation in the cycle time during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing. Alternatively, the test module emulation section 270 generates change timings corresponding to a cycle time as a change timing of the test signal, where the number of the change timings is defined by specification of the test module 170 corresponding to the test module emulation section 270. Moreover, the test module emulation section 270 acquires the output signal output as a result of the DUT simulating section 200 being operated in simulation based on the test signal, and compares the result with the expected value defined based on the test program and the test data. Then, the test module emulation section 270 transmits the comparison result of the result signal and the expected value to the synchronous module emulation section 250 through the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 as the test result.
  • Moreover, in response to instruction of the interruption from the schedule section 277, the test module emulation section 270 notifies the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time during which the last test signal before receiving the instruction of the interruption is generated.
  • The DUT connection section 280 acquires the plurality of change timings generated by the plurality of test module emulation sections 270, and changes the test signal in simulation in order of time based on the plurality of change timings.
  • The DUT simulating section 200 simulates operation of the DUT 100 described by hardware description languages, such as Verilog-HDL or VHDL, based on the test signal acquired from the DUT connection section 280. Then, the DUT simulating section 200 generates a result signal by the simulation, which is output as a result of the DUT 100 being operated based on the test signal, and supply it to the test module emulation section 270 through the DUT connection section 280.
  • The schedule control section 275 controls the schedule which operates each of the module emulation sections based on various kinds of timings generated by the plurality of module emulation sections in the simulated test of the DUT 100 by the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the plurality of test module emulation sections 270, and the DUT connection section 280. The schedule control section 275 includes a timing alignment section 276 and a schedule section 277.
  • The timing alignment section 276 aligns the plurality of test signal generating timings, the plurality of interruption collection timings, the plurality of cycle termination timings and the plurality of test result collection timings, which are generated by the synchronous module emulation section 250, and the plurality of change timings that are generated by one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 and are supplied by the DUT connection section 280, in order of time. Then, the timing alignment section 276 outputs these aligned timings to the schedule section 277 one by one. The schedule section 277 notifies the module emulation section and the DUT connection section 280 corresponding to the timings of each of the timings output from the timing alignment section 276 one by one. Then, the schedule section 277 causes the module emulation section or the DUT connection section 280 to perform the operation corresponding to the timings. The operation of the schedule section 277 according to the kind of the timing output from the timing alignment section 276 will be explained hereinafter.
  • (1) In case that the timing alignment section 276 outputs test signal generating timing
  • The schedule section 277 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the test signal generating timing, and instructs the generation of the test signal by the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test signal generating timing through the synchronous module emulation section 250. Thereby, the schedule section 277 causes the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test signal generating timing to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing through the synchronous module emulation section 250.
  • (2) In case that the timing alignment section 276 outputs the interruption collection timing
  • The schedule section 277 instructs the generation of the interruption to the test module emulation section 270 which is designated corresponding to the interruption collection timing. Thereby, the schedule section 277 causes the test module emulation section 270 to notify the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time during which the test signal is generated just before the interruption collection timing.
  • (3) In case that the timing alignment section 276 outputs the cycle termination timing
  • The schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the cycle termination timing that the cycle end timing has come.
  • (4) In case that the timing alignment section 276 outputs the test result collection timing
  • The schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test result collection timing that the test result collection timing has come. In response, the test module emulation section 270 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 through the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 of the comparison result of the result signal and the expected value in the cycle time.
  • (5) In case that the timing alignment section 276 outputs the change timing
  • The DUT connection section 280 supplies the plurality of change timing acquired from the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 to the timing alignment section 276. In response, the timing alignment section 276 aligns the plurality of change timings and other various timings altogether in order of time.
  • If the timing alignment section 276 outputs the change timing, the schedule section 277 notifies the DUT connection section 280 that the change timing has come, in order to change the test signal in simulation at the change timing. In response, the DUT connection section 280 changes the test signal in simulation at the change timing.
  • Here, the test module emulation section 270 notifies the schedule control section 275 of result signal acquisition timing, which is a timing of the acquisition of the result signal. Then, the timing alignment section 276 aligns the result signal acquisition timing and the other various timings in order of time. In this case, when the timing alignment section 276 outputs the result signal acquisition timing, the schedule section 277 causes the DUT connection section 280 to supply the result signal to the test module emulation section 270 which is to acquire the result signal at the result signal acquisition timing.
  • Moreover, the DUT connection section 280 acquires the plurality of change timings generated by the plurality of test module emulation sections 270, and supplies them to the DUT simulating section 200, without aligning them in order of time. In this case, the DUT simulating section 200 aligns the plurality of supplied change timings in order of time, and performs the simulation of the DUT 100 based on a plurality of aligned change timings.
  • According to the test emulator 190 described above, by providing the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 and one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 respectively corresponding to the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection modules 160 and one or a plurality of the test modules 170 of the real system of the test apparatus 10, the module emulation sections can be easily replaced as other module emulation sections. Thereby, in case that one module is replaced as another modules in the real system of the test apparatus 10, in the test emulator 190, a module emulation section corresponding to the module is replaced by a module emulation section corresponding to the other module. Then substantially the same test environment as the real system of the test apparatus 10 is provided on the test emulator 190.
  • Alternatively, as a substitution for the above-mentioned example, the site control emulation section 230, the bus switch emulation section 240, the synchronous module emulation section 250, the test module emulation section 270, the schedule control section 275, the DUT connection section 280, and the DUT simulating section 200 are realized by a distributed system including a plurality of computers.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram exemplary showing a hardware configuration of the test emulator 190 according to the present embodiment of the invention. The test emulator 190 according to the present embodiment is realized by a computer 20 which includes CPU 300, ROM 310, RAM 320, a communication interface 330, a hard disk drive 340, a flexible disk drive 350, and a CD-ROM drive 360.
  • The CPU 300 operates based on the program stored in the ROM 310 and the RAM 320, and controls each part. The ROM 310 stores boot program which the CPU 300 executes during start up of a computer 20, program depending on the hardware of the computer 20 and the like. The RAM 320 stores program which the CPU 300 executes, data which the CPU 300 uses. The communication interface 330 communicates with other equipments through a telecommunication network. The hard disk drive 340 stores the program and the data which the computer 20 uses, and supplies them to the CPU 300 through the RAM 320. The flexible disk drive 350 reads program or data in a flexible disk 390, and provides them to the RAM 320. The CD-ROM drive 360 reads program or data in a CD-ROM 395, and provides them to the RAM 320.
  • The program provided to the CPU 300 through the RAM 320 is stored in a record medium, such as the flexible disk 390, the CD-ROM 395, or an IC card, which is provided by a user. The program is read from the record medium, installed in the computer 20 through the RAM 320, and executed by the computer 20.
  • The program modules, which are installed and executed in/by the computer 20 and causes the computer 20 to function as the test emulator 190, includes a DUT simulating module, a site control emulation module, a bus switch emulation module, a synchronous module emulation module, a synchronous connection module emulation module, a test module emulation module, a schedule control module, a timing alignment module, a schedule module, and a DUT connection module. The programs or the modules causes the computer 20 to function as the DUT simulating section 200, the site control emulation section 230, the bus switch emulation section 240, the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the test module emulation section 270, the schedule control section 275, the timing alignment section 276, the schedule section 277, and the DUT connection section 280 respectively.
  • Alternatively, the programs or the modules described above are stored in an external record medium. It is possible to use an optical record medium such as DVD or PD, a magneto-optical record medium such as Minidisk, a tape medium, a magnetic record medium or a semiconductor memory such as an IC card as a record medium instead of the flexible disk 390 and the CD-ROM 395. Moreover, a storage device, such as a hard disk or RAM in a server system on a dedicated telecommunication network or the Internet, is used as a record medium and the program may be provided to the computer 20 via the telecommunication network.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the test module emulation section 270 according to the embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 4, the test module emulation section 270 is realized by operating the test module emulation program or test module emulation module corresponding to the test module emulation section 270 by the computer 20.
  • The test module emulation section 270 includes a plurality of hardware emulation functions provided corresponding to each of the plurality of commands received by the test module 170 through the bus switch 140 from the site controller 130, and a control function called in order to notify the test module emulation section 270 of various kinds of timings. The test module emulation section 270 operates in response to the call to these functions from the bus switch emulation section 240 and the schedule control section 275. Here, the control function is used in order for the schedule control section 275 to order the generation of the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and to order to notify the site control emulation section 230 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time when the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal just before the interruption collection timing.
  • The test module emulation section 270 includes a test module IF emulation section 400 (test module interface emulation section), a pattern generator emulation section 430, a waveform shaper emulation section 440, a pin control emulation section 450, and a parameter measurement emulation section 460.
  • The test module IF emulation section 400 is started-up when the hardware emulation function is called from the bus switch emulation section 240, and when the control function is called from the schedule control section 275. The test module IF emulation section 400 controls the operation of the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to these function calling. The test module IF emulation section 400 includes a machine word DB 420 and a control function processing section 410.
  • The machine word DB 420 emulates a storage area stored in the storage area provided in the test module 170. When the machine word DB 420 receives a command from the site control emulation section 230 in simulation through the bus switch emulation section 240 by the calling of the hardware emulation function, it accesses the storage area in the machine word DB 420 corresponding to the command.
  • More specifically, the test module IF emulation section 400 according to the present embodiment stores a plurality of hardware emulation functions for emulating the operation of the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to a plurality of commands, such as read-out access and write-in access, respectively. When the read-out access is received from the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240, the test module IF emulation section 400 replies the data in the machine word DB 420 corresponding to the storage area for the read-out access, to the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240. Moreover, when the machine word DB 420 receives the write-in access, it stores the data to be written in the storage area of the machine word DB 420 corresponding to the storage area for the write-in access. For example, when the machine word DB 420 receives the write-in access of the test program or the test data from the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240, it stores the test programs or the test data in the storage area of the machine word DB 420 corresponding to the write-in access.
  • When the control function processing section 410 receives the control function call from the schedule control section 275, the control function processing section 410 causes the pattern generator emulation section 430, the waveform shaper emulation section 440, the pin control emulation section 450, and the parameter measurement emulation section 460 to emulate the operation of the test module 170 according to the control function in response to the instruction of the control function. More specifically, when the schedule control section 275 instructs the generation of the test signal using the control function in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, the control function processing section 410 reads a part of the program and a part of the data among the test program and the test data stored in the machine word DB 420, where the part of the program and the data are to be processed by the test module emulation section 270 during the cycle time. Then, the control function processing section 410 causes the pattern generator emulation section 430, the waveform shaper emulation section 440, the pin control emulation section 450, and the parameter measurement emulation section 460 to perform the processing corresponding to the part of the program and the part of the data.
  • The pattern generator emulation section 430 emulates the pattern generator of the test module 170. That is, the pattern generator emulation section 430 receives the test program and the test data stored in the machine word DB 420 from the control function processing section 410 by the function call, for example. Then the instruction, which indicates that the test signal is to be generated for a certain cycle time, is received from the schedule control section 275 by the function call through the control function processing section 410, and the test signal, which is to be generated in the cycle time, is generated in simulation.
  • Moreover, the pattern generator emulation section 430 acquires the result signal through the DUT connection section 280 and the waveform shaper emulation section 440, which is output in simulation as a result of the DUT simulating section 200 being operated based on the test signal, and the result signal is compared with the expected value.
  • The waveform shaper emulation section 440 emulates the waveform shaper of the test module 170. That is, the waveform shaper emulation section 440 shapes the waveform of the test signal in simulation in response to the test signal from the pattern generator emulation section 430. Then the waveform is output to the DUT connection section 280.
  • The pin control emulation section 450 emulates the pin control section of the test module 170. That is, the pin control emulation section 450 sets parameters, such as operating voltage, for each terminal from which the test signal is output in simulation by the waveform shaper emulation section 440 and/or the parameter measurement emulation section 460 based on the test program.
  • The parameter measurement emulation section 460 emulates the parameter measurement section of the test module 170. That is, for example, the parameter measurement emulation section 460 receives an instruction of a direct current test (DC parametric test) from the schedule control section 275 through the control function processing section 410 by the function call, and generates the test signal in simulation, which is to be generated in the cycle time of the direct current test. Moreover, the parameter measurement emulation section 460 acquires the result signal, which is output in simulation as a result of the DUT simulating section 200 being operated based on the test signal in the direct current test.
  • Moreover, in case that the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, the control function processing section 410 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the cycle end timing at which the cycle, which corresponds to the test signal generating timing, ends.
  • As stated above, the control function processing section 410 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 through the schedule control section 275 of the cycle end timing at which the cycle ends in the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing. Thereby, the control function processing section 410 causes the synchronous module emulation section 250 to further generate the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulation section 270 is to generate the test signal in simulation for the next time based on the cycle end timing.
  • Moreover, when the control function processing section 410 receives the instruction of the interruption generation from the schedule control section 275, the control function processing section 410 transmits the instruction of the interruption generation to the pattern generator emulation section 430, the waveform shaper emulation section 440, and the pin control emulation section 450 by the function call, for example. The pattern generator emulation section 430, the waveform shaper emulation section 440, and the pin control emulation section 450, which receive the instruction of the interruption generation, notify the control function processing section 410 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time just before the interruption collection timing among the cycle times during which the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal. When the interruption is notified, the control function processing section 410 notifies the site control emulation section 230 of the interruption through the bus switch emulation section 240 by calling the hardware emulation function for the notification of the interruption included in the bus switch emulation section 240, for example.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of a class hierarchical structure 500 according to the embodiment of the present invention. In the present embodiment, module emulation program, which realizes the module emulation sections such as the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, and the test module emulation section 270, is created using class functions, which are frameworks of the module emulation program defined in order to realize the open architecture of the test apparatus 10 in simulation.
  • The simulation component class 510 is a class which defines rules for calling a plurality of parameters, return values and etc. of method functions, which are to be included in the module emulation program, with a virtual method function. The simulation component class 510 includes a plurality of virtual hardware emulation functions 512 and a plurality of virtual control functions 514.
  • Here, read( ) is a method function for emulating the operation of the module corresponding to the read-out access which is called when the site control emulation section 230 issues the read-out access command in simulation. write ( ) is a method function for emulating operation of the module corresponding to the write-in access which is called when the site control emulation section 230 issues the write-in access command in simulation. setBaseAddress( ) is a method function which is called when the site control emulation section 230 issues in simulation the base address setting command, which is issued by the site controller 130 when the base address of the storage area of the test module 170 is set up.
  • registerEvent( ) is a method function which is called when the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the test module emulation section 270, and the DUT connection section 280, which receive the notices from the synchronous module emulation section 250, notify the timing alignment section 276 of the interruption collection timing, the change timing, the result signal acquisition timing, etc. and register the timings to the timing alignment section 276. handleEvent( ) is a method function which is called by the schedule control section 275, in order to cause the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the test module emulation section 270, and the DUT connection section 280 to perform the processing in response to the timings when the test signal generating timing, the interruption collection timing, the change timing, the result signal acquisition timing, etc. have come. raiseEvent( ) is a method function which is called when the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the test module emulation section 270, and the DUT connection section 280 notify the schedule control section 275 of an event which is to be processed asynchronously without regard to the timings.
  • A Company A's module class 520 and a Company B's module class 530 are classes derived from the simulation component class 510, i.e., module emulation programs, which are supplied by manufacturers of the modules for example, for emulating common function included in the modules of the manufacturers in common. The Company A's module class 520 and the Company B's module class 530 include a plurality of real hardware emulation functions 522 and a plurality of real control functions 524 respectively. Each of the plurality of real hardware emulation functions 522 and the plurality of real control functions 524 are module emulation programs which are described corresponding to the plurality of virtual hardware emulation functions 512 and the plurality of virtual control functions 514 respectively, and describe the contents of the processing of the real method functions (non-virtual method functions) corresponding to the virtual method functions.
  • The Company A's module class 520 and the Company B's module class 530 include classes which are further derived. For example, in FIG. 5, the Company B's module class 530 is further derived in a digital test module class 540, a power source module class 560, and a synchronous module class 590.
  • The digital test module class 540 is a class of test module emulation program for emulating the test module 170 for performing the functional test of the DUT 100. The digital test module class 540 is further derived in a 250 MHz digital test module class 550 for emulating the test module 170 which performs the functional test of the DUT 100 at a frequency of 250 MHz. The power source module class 560 is a class of module emulation program for emulating the module for supplying electric power to the DUT 100. The power source module class 560 is further derived in a high voltage power source module class 570 for emulating the module which supplies high voltage power to the DUT 100, and the low voltage power source module class 580 for emulating the module which supplies low voltage power to the DUT 100. The synchronous module class 590 is a class of module emulation program for emulating the synchronous module 150.
  • Each of the 250 MHz digital test module class 550, the high voltage power source module class 570, the low voltage power source module class 580, and the synchronous module class 590 includes real method function handleEvent( ) for emulating the original function of each of the modules, which is used by replacing (overriding) the handleEvent( ) in the Company B's module class 530.
  • Each of the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270 etc. included in the test emulator 190 is realized as one instance of the classes of the module emulation programs included in the class hierarchical structure 500.
  • As described above, each of the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the module emulation section of test module emulation section 270 etc., which is included in the test emulator 190, is realized by the module emulation program corresponding to one of the classes included in the class hierarchical structure 500 for example. A user of the test emulator 190 builds substantially the same test environment as the real system of the test apparatus 10 in the test emulator 190 by generating the instance of the module emulation program from the combination of the classes corresponding to the combination of the modules which are to be mounted in the real system of the test apparatus 10. Moreover, in case of creating a new class corresponding to a new module, man-hour for creating module emulation program is reduced by creating a new class as an inherited class of one of the existing classes.
  • FIG. 6 shows a test signal generating processing flow of the test emulator 190 according to the embodiment of the present invention, which is proceeded by the test module emulation section 270.
  • When the site control emulation section 230 instructs the start of the test to the synchronous module emulation section 250 where the test program and the test data are stored in the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 and one or a plurality of the test module emulation sections 270, the test emulator 190 proceeds the test in simulation according to a procedure described below.
  • First, in case that the timing alignment section 276 outputs the test signal generating timing, the schedule section 277 of the schedule control section 275 (shown as SCHED in the figure) calls the handleEvent( ) function of the synchronous module emulation section 250 (shown as SYNC in the figure), and notifies that the test signal generating timing has come (S600). Thereby, the schedule control section 275 causes the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test signal generating timing to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing through the synchronous module emulation section 250. Here, the schedule control section 275 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the test signal generating timing by including the event identifier, which identifies that the test signal generating timing of the corresponding test module emulation section 270 has come, in a parameter of the handleEvent( ) function.
  • Next, the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the test module emulation section 270 (shown as TM in the figure), which is to generates the test signal in simulation in the test signal generating timing, of the cycle start which is the instructions for starting the processing of the cycle time and generating the test signal (S605). Here, the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the test module emulation section 270 of the cycle start through the schedule control section 275 asynchronous to the timings which are aligned by the timing alignment section 276 in order of time by including the event identifier, which instructs the cycle start, in the parameter of a raiseEvent( ) function, and calling the schedule control section 275.
  • Next, the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal in simulation in the corresponding cycle time in response to the notice of the cycle start (S610). That is, in S600, when the schedule control section 275 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the test signal generating timing so as to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to test signal generating timing, and when the synchronous module emulation section 250, which receives the notice, notifies the test module emulation section 270 of the cycle start through the schedule control section 275, the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal in simulation in the cycle time. Here, the test module emulation section 270 generates the change timing of the test signal in simulation in the cycle time during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time.
  • Next, the DUT connection section 280 (shown as LB in the figure) notifies the timing alignment section 276 of the change timing in response to the change timing of the test signal from the test module emulation section 270, and registers it (S615).
  • Next, the test module emulation section 270 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the timing for end of the cycle (S620). Here, the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal by the pattern generator emulation section 430 based on the designation by the test program and the test data, changing each cycle time dynamically. For this reason, the control function processing section 410 in the test module IF emulation section 400 of the test module emulation section 270 acquires the termination timing of each of the cycles from the pattern generator emulation section 430, and notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the end timing, and causes the synchronous module emulation section 250 to generate the next test signal generating timing accurately.
  • Next, based on the cycle end timing notified from the test module emulation section 270 in S620, the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulation section 270 is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to the next cycle time, notifies the timing alignment section 276 of the timing and registers it (S625). Moreover, the synchronous module emulation section 250 further generates a test result collection timing for collecting the test results from the test module emulation section 270, a cycle termination timing for terminating the cycle time of the test module emulation section 270, and the interruption collection timing for collecting the interruption which is generated by the test module emulation section 270 in simulation during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time. Then the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the timing alignment section 276 of the timings and registers them (S625). Here, the synchronous module emulation section 250 registers the timings into the timing alignment section 276 by calling the registerEvent( ) function in the schedule control section 275.
  • In addition, the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates substantially the same timing as the cycle end timing received from the test module emulation section 270 as the test signal generating timing, the test result collection timing, the cycle termination timing, and the interruption collection timing for the next time in the test module emulation section 270.
  • Next, when the timing alignment section 276 outputs the change timing which is registered in S615, the schedule section 277 notifies the DUT connection section 280 that the change timing has come so as to change the test signal in simulation at the timing (S630).
  • Next, when the change timing is notified from the schedule section 277, the DUT connection section 280 generates the test signal by changing the test signal in simulation at the change timing, and supplies it to the DUT simulating section 200 (S635). The DUT simulating section 200 simulates the operation of the DUT 100 based on the test signal acquired from the DUT connection section 280. Then, the DUT simulating section 200 generates the result signal in simulation output as a result of the DUT 100 being operated based on the test signal, and supplies it to the test module emulation section 270 through the DUT connection section 280. The test module emulation section 270 compares the result signal with the expected value, and acquires a comparison result.
  • Next, when the timing alignment section 276 outputs the test result collection timing registered in S625, the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 that the test result collection timing has come so as to collect acceptability of the result based on the result signal supplied from the DUT simulating section 200 to the test module emulation section 270 (S640). When the test result collection timing is notified, the test module emulation section 270 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 through the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 of the comparison result of the result signal and the expected value in the cycle time. The synchronous module emulation section 250 judges the acceptability (pass or fail) of the test result based on the comparison result collected from each of the test module emulation sections 270, and notifies each of the test module emulation section 270 of the acceptability of a test result (S645). Based on the acceptability of this test result, the test program and the test data, which are supplied to the plurality of test module emulation sections 270, are described so as to change the sequence of the test performed after the cycle time.
  • Next, when the timing alignment section 276 outputs the cycle termination timing in S625, the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 that that the termination timing of the cycle has come (S650).
  • Next, when the timing alignment section 276 outputs the interruption collection timing registered in S625, the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 that the interruption collection timing has come (S655). When the interruption collection timing is notified, the test module emulation section 270 notifies in simulation the site control emulation section 230 through the bus switch emulation section 240 of the interruption, which is generated in simulation in the cycle time at which the test module emulation section 270 generates the test signal just before the interruption collection timing.
  • The test emulator 190 repeats the processing explained in the above-mentioned steps S600-S655 until the test is finished (S660).
  • In addition, when the test is done by the plurality of test module emulation sections 270, the schedule control section 275 aligns the timings of each of the operations of the test module emulation sections 270 in order of time, and makes the schedule. For this reason, S600, S630, S640, S650, and S655 about the plurality of test module emulation sections 270 are performed in order of time.
  • FIG. 7 is a drawing exemplary showing the test signal generated in simulation by the test emulator 190 according to the embodiment of the present invention. In this drawing, the test emulator 190 includes a test module emulation section 270 a for emulating a test module A, and a test module emulation section 270 b for emulating a test module B, as the test module emulation section 270.
  • Before time t1, the test signal generating timing t1 of the test module emulation section 270 a, and the test signal generating timing t2 of the test module emulation section 270 b are registered into the timing alignment section 276. Since the timings are to be output in order of time, the test signal generating timing t1 is output at first. In response to the result, the schedule section 277 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing t1 has come, while the time is set forward to t1.
  • When the test signal generating timing t1 is notified, the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the test module emulation section 270 a corresponding to the test signal generating timing t1 through the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 and the test module emulation section 270 of the start of the cycle. In response, test module emulation section 270 a generates the test signal in simulation in the cycle time indicated to be a cycle 1 in the figure. Here, test module emulation section 270 a notifies the DUT connection section 280 that the test signal changes to H level at the change timing t4 in the cycle time. In response, the DUT connection section 280 registers the change timing t4 into the timing alignment section 276.
  • Next, after the generation of the test signal in the cycle 1 is finished, the test module emulation section 270 a notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the cycle end timing t6 of the cycle 1. In response, the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates the test signal generating timing t6, the test result collection timing t6-Δ, the cycle termination timing t6-Δ, and the interruption collection timing t6-Δ for the next time based on the cycle end timing t6, and registers them into the timing alignment section 276. Here, t6-Δ a time just before the next test signal generating timing t6.
  • Next, the timing alignment section 276 aligns the registered timings in order of time, and outputs the test signal generating timing t2. In response, the schedule section 277 sets time forward to t2 and notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing t2 has come.
  • When the test signal generating timing t2 is notified, the synchronous module emulation section 250 notifies the test module emulation section 270 b corresponding to the test signal generating timing t2 through the schedule control section 275 of the cycle start. In response, test module emulation section 270 b generates the test signal of test module emulation section 270 b in simulation in the cycle 1. As a result, test module emulation section 270 b generates change timings of the test signal t3 and t5, and the DUT connection section 280 registers the change timings into the timing alignment section 276.
  • Next, test module emulation section 270 b notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 of the cycle end timing t7 of the cycle 1 after the generation of the test signal in a cycle 1 is finished. In response, based on the cycle end timing t7, the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates the test signal generating timing t7, the test result collection timing t7-Δ, the cycle termination timing t7-Δ, and the interruption collection timing t7-Δ for the next time, and registers them into the timing alignment section 276.
  • Next, the timing alignment section 276 aligns the registered timings in order of time, and outputs the change timings t3, t4, and t5 one by one. According to each of the change timings, the schedule section 277 notifies the DUT connection section 280 of the change timings. As a result, the DUT connection section 280 changes the test signal in simulation during the change timing, and it is supplied to the DUT simulating section 200.
  • Next, the timing alignment section 276 outputs the test result collection timing t6-Δ. In response, the schedule section 277 sets the time forward to t6-Δ and notifies the test module emulation section 270 a of the test result collection timing t6-Δ. As a result, collection and distribution of the test result are performed between the test module emulation section 270 a and the synchronous module emulation section 250.
  • Next, the timing alignment section 276 outputs the cycle termination timing t6-Δ. In response, the schedule section 277 notifies the test module emulation section 270 a of the end of the cycle 1.
  • Next, the timing alignment section 276 outputs the interruption collection timing t6-Δ. In response, the schedule section 277 notifies test module emulation section 270 a of the outputs interruption collection timing t6-Δ. As a result, the test module emulation section 270 a notifies the site control emulation section 230 of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle 1.
  • Next, the timing alignment section 276 outputs the test signal generating timing t6. In response, the schedule section 277 sets the time forward to t6 and notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing t6 has come. Henceforth, the test emulator 190 generates the change timing t8, the result signal acquisition timing t11 indicating the timing at which the result signal is to be acquired, the test signal generating timing t12, the test result collection timing t12-Δ, cycle termination timing t12-Δ, and the interruption collection timing t12 for the next time in the similar manner to the time t1. Then, the test emulator 190 registers these timings into the timing alignment section 276 in the similar manner to the time t1.
  • Next, the timing alignment section 276 aligns the registered timings in order of time, and outputs the test signal generating timing t7. In response, the schedule section 277 sets the time forward to the t7 and notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing t7 has come. Henceforth, the test emulator 190 generates the change timings t9 and t10, the test signal generating timing t13, the test result collection timing t13-Δ, the cycle termination timing t13-Δ, and the interruption collection timing t13 for the next time in the similar manner to the time t2. Then, the test emulator 190 registers these timings into the timing alignment section 276 in the similar manner to the time t2.
  • As described above, according to the test emulator 190 of the present embodiment, the schedule control section 275 aligns various kinds of timings, such as the test signal generating timing, the test signal change timing, the test result collection timing, the result signal acquisition timing, and the interruption collection timing in order of time, so that the scheduling is carried out. For this reason, the test emulator 190 appropriately emulates the operation of the test apparatus 10 in case that the plurality of test modules 170 based on the different cycles are mounted.
  • Alternatively, in the present embodiment, although the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 registers the test result collection timing, the cycle termination timing, and the interruption collection timing into the timing alignment section 276 in case that the cycle end timing is received from the test module 170, The following method is substituted for the above-mentioned method.
  • In S625 illustrated in FIG. 6, based on cycle end timing, the synchronous module emulation section 250 generates the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulation section 270 is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to the cycle time, and notifies the timing alignment section 276 of the timing and registers the timing into the timing alignment section 276. On the other hand at this time, the synchronous module emulation section 250 does not generate the test result collection timing, the cycle termination timing, and the interruption collection timing, and does not register them into the timing alignment section 276.
  • As a result, after the processing in the steps S630 and S635 is done, the test emulator 190 proceeds to the step S600 skipping the steps S640, S650, and S655. Moreover, in case that the timing alignment section 276 outputs the test signal generating timing corresponding to the next cycle time in S600, the schedule section 277 notifies the synchronous module emulation section 250 that the test signal generating timing has come. In response, the synchronous module emulation section 250 instructs the collection of the test result, the notice of the cycle end, and the collection of the interruption to the test module emulation section 270 corresponding to the test signal generating timing before the generation of the test signal generating of the next cycle time.
  • According to the above-mentioned processing, the schedule control section 275 causes the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, test module emulation section 270 etc., to perform the processing described in S640, S645, S650, and S655 before the generation of the test signal of the next cycle time. More specifically, the schedule control section 275 causes the synchronous module emulation section 250 and the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 to collect and distribute the acceptability of the test result based on the result signal supplied to the test module emulation section 270 during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time just before the test signal generating timing, and to notify the site control emulation section 230 of the interruption generated in simulation by the test module emulation section 270.
  • Although the present invention has been described by way of an exemplary embodiment, it should be understood that those skilled in the art might make many changes and substitutions without departing from the spirit and the scope of the present invention. It is obvious from the definition of the appended claims that embodiments with such modifications also belong to the scope of the present invention.
  • For example, the real test of the DUT 100 by the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160, the test module 170 and the like, and a simulation test of the DUT 100 by the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the test module emulation section 270, the DUT simulating section 200 and the like, are provided to a user of the test apparatus 10, which is executable by an identical test control program and/or the identical test program. Alternatively, the test mode of the test apparatus can be switched between the real test and the simulation test manually by the user.
  • That is for example, the site controller 130 inputs instructions of selection between the real and simulation test of the DUT 100 as an option of a test start command or the like. Then, when the instructions orders to perform the real test of DUT 100, the system controller 110 or the site controller 130 supplies a test program for the test of the DUT 100 to one or a plurality of test modules 170 through the bus switch 140, and causes the test module 170 to test the DUT 100. On the other hand, when the instructions orders to perform the simulation test of the DUT 100, the site controller 130 supplies a test program to the test module emulation section 270 realized by software on the test emulator 190 or the site controller 130 or the like, and causes the test module emulation section 270 or the like to simulate the test of the DUT 100.
  • In the embodiments described above, the site controller 130 may execute communication software (communication library) which performs communication processing between the control units and the test modules 170 so that the real test environment and the simulation test environment may be accessible. In this case, the test control program executed by the site controller 130 performs the real test by using the identical access functions (read/write function etc.) provided by the communication software, and by accessing the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160, test module 170 and the like. Similarly, the test control program executed by the site controller 130 performs the simulation test by using the identical access functions provided by the communication software, and by accessing the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the test module emulation section 270 and the like. Here, the communication software described above, in cooperation with the site controller 130, may select the destination of the test program between the test module 170 or the like and the test module emulation section 270 or the like based on the instructions about which of the real test environment or the simulation test environment is to be selected. An example of such implementation is described further below in supplementary information C.2.4.3.
  • Moreover for example, the test module emulation section 270 described previously may include a configuration described below. First, each test module emulation section 270 receives signal for test signal generating timing scheduled by the schedule section 277 in the schedule control section 275 by function call. Then, each test module emulation section 270 outputs variation of voltage of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing by calling voltage setting methods (set methods) of the output channel object which emulates the output channel multiple times. Then, after the output of the variation of voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time is finished, the test module emulation section 270 notifies the schedule section 277 and the like that the output of the variation of voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time has been finished by calling the end methods of the output channel object. An example of such implementation is described further below in supplementary information B.3.3 and the like.
  • Then, the schedule section 277 calculates a period during which all the test module emulation sections 270 finishes the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal based on the end methods notified from each of the plurality of test module emulation sections 270, and makes demands on the DUT simulating section 200 for the simulation of the operation of the DUT 100 during the period. In response, the DUT connection unit 280 acquires the test signal during the period, and simulates the operation of the devices under test based on the test signal. As stated above, after the end methods are called, the output channel object forbids varying the voltage in the period during which the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal is finished, the variation of the voltage being notified by the end methods. Thereby, the inconsistency of the simulation result which has been already simulated can be prevented. An example of such implementation is described further below in supplementary information B.3.4 and the like.
  • Described blow is the supplementary information on various kinds of examples and specifications for realizing the test apparatus 10 and the test emulator 190 according to the present embodiment.
  • Supplementary information A: An Example of software architecture FIG. 8 illustrates software architecture 2200 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The software architecture 2200 represents a distributed operating system, having elements for the system controller 2200, at least one site controller 2240, and at least one module 2260 in correspondence to related hardware system elements 110, 130, 150, 160 and 170. In addition to the module 2260, the architecture 2200 includes a corresponding SW (software) module emulation 2280.
  • As an exemplary choice, the development environment for this platform can be based on Microsoft Windows. The use of this architecture has side benefits in program and support portability (e.g., a field service engineer could connect a laptop which runs the tester operating system to perform advanced diagnostics). However, for large compute-intensive operations (such as test pattern compiles), the relevant software can be made as an independent entity capable of running independently to allow job scheduling across distributed platforms. Related software tools for batch jobs are thus capable of running on multiple platform types.
  • As an exemplary choice, ANSI/ISO standard C++ can be taken as the native language for the software. Of course, there are a multitude of options available (to provide a layer over the nominal C++ interfaces) that allows a third party to integrate into the system with an alternative language of its own choice.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a shading of elements according to their organization by nominal source (or collective development as a sub-system) including the tester operating system interfaces 2290, user components 2292 (e.g., supplied by a user for test purposes), system components 2294 (e.g., supplied as software infrastructure for basic connectivity and communication), module development components 2296 (e.g., supplied by a module developer), and external components 2298 (e.g., supplied by external sources other than module developers).
  • From the perspective of source-based organization, the tester operating system (TOS) interface 2290 include: System Controller to Site Controller interfaces 2222; framework classes 2224; Site Controller to Module interfaces 2245; framework classes 2246, predetermined module-level interfaces 2247, backplane communications library 2249, chassis slot IF (Interface) 2262, loadboard hardware IF 2264, backplane simulation IF 2283, loadboard simulation IF 2285, DUT simulation IF 2287, Verilog PLI (programming language interface) 2288 for DUT's Verilog model and C/C++ language support 2289 for DUT's C/C++ model.
  • User components 2292 include: a user test plan 2242, user test classes 2243, hardware loadboard 2265, and DUT 2266, a DUT Verilog model 2293 and a DUT C/C++ model 2291.
  • System components 2294 include: system tools 2226, communications library 2230, test classes 2244, a backplane driver 2250, HW backplane 2261 including the bus switch 140, simulation framework 2281, backplane emulation 2282, and loadboard simulation 2286.
  • Module-development components 2296 include: module commands implementation 2248, module hardware 2263, and module emulation 2284.
  • External components 2298 include external tools 2225.
  • The system controller 2200, which is software operated on the test sites 2110 illustrated in FIG. 1, includes interfaces 2222 to site controller, framework classes 2224, system tools 2226, external tools 2225, and a communications library 2230. The System Controller software is the primary point of interaction for the user. It provides the gateway to the Site Controllers of the embodiment, and synchronization of the Site Controllers in a multi-site/DUT environment as described in U.S. application No. 60/449,622 by the same assignee. User applications and tools, graphical user interface (GUI)-based or otherwise, run on the System Controller. The System Controller also may act as the repository for all Test Plan related information, including Test Plans, test patterns and test parameter files. A test parameter file contains parameterization data for a Test class in the object oriented environment of an embodiment of the embodiment.
  • Third party developers can provide tools in addition to (or as replacements for) the standard system tools 2226. The standard interfaces 2222 on the System controller 2200 include interfaces that the tools use to access the tester and test objects. The Tools (applications) 2225, 2226 allow interactive and batch control of the test and tester objects. The tools include applications for providing automation capabilities (through, for example, the use of SECS/TSEM, etc.)
  • The Communications library 2230 residing on the system controller 2200 provides the mechanism to communicate with the Site Controllers 2240 in a manner that is transparent to user applications and test programs.
  • The Interfaces 2222 resident in memory associated with the System controller 2200 provide open interfaces to the framework objects that execute on the System Controller. Included are interfaces allowing the Site Controller-based module software to access and retrieve pattern data. Also included are interfaces that applications and tools use to access the tester and test objects, as well as scripting interfaces, which provide the ability to access and manipulate the tester and test components through a scripting engine. This allows a common mechanism for interactive, batch and remote applications to perform their functions.
  • The Framework Classes 2224 associated with the System controller 2200 provide a mechanism to interact with these above-mentioned objects, providing a reference implementation of a standard interface. For example, the site controller 2240 of the embodiment provides a functional test object. The system controller framework classes may provide a corresponding functional test proxy as a remote system controller-based surrogate of the functional test object. The standard functional test interface is thus made available to the tools on the system controller 2200. The system, module-development and interface components 294, 296 and 290, respectively, may be considered an operating system distributed between the system controller and the site controllers. The framework classes effectively provide an operating system interface associated with the host system controller. They also constitute the software elements that provide the gateway to the Site Controllers, and provide synchronization of the Site Controllers in a multi-site/DUT environment. This layer thus provides an object model in an embodiment of the invention that is suitable for manipulating and accessing Site Controllers without needing to deal directly with the Communications layer.
  • The site controller 2240, which is software operated on the site controllers 130 illustrated in FIG. 1, hosts a user test plan 2242, user test classes 2243, standard test classes 2244, standard interfaces 2245, site controller framework classes 2246, module high level command interfaces (i.e., predetermined module-level interfaces) 2247, module commands implementation 2248, backplane communications library 2249, and a backplane driver 2250. Preferably most of the testing functionality is handled by the site controllers 2104/2240, thus allowing independent operation of the test sites 2110.
  • A Test plan 2242 is written by the user. The plan may be written directly in a standard computer language such as C++, or described in a higher level test programming language to produce C++ code, which can then be compiled into the executable test program.
  • The test plan creates test objects by using the Framework Classes 2246 and/or standard or user supplied Test Classes 2244 associated with the site controllers, configures the hardware using the Standard Interfaces 2245, and defines the test plan flow. It also provides any additional logic required during execution of the test plan. The test plan supports some basic services and provides an interface to the services of underlying objects, such as debug services (e.g., break-pointing), and access to underlying framework and standard classes.
  • The Framework classes 2246 associated with the site controllers are a set of classes and methods that implement common test-related operations. The site controller-level framework includes, for example, classes for power supply and pin electronics sequencing, setting level and timing conditions, obtaining measurements, and controlling test flow. The framework also provides methods for runtime services and debugging. The framework objects may work through implementing the standard interfaces. For example, the implementation of the TesterPin framework class is standardized to implement a general tester pin interface that test classes may use to interact with hardware module pins.
  • Certain framework objects may be implemented to work with the help of the module-level interfaces 2247 to communicate with the modules. The site controller framework classes effectively act as a local operating system interface supporting each site controller.
  • In general more than ninety percent of the program code is data for the device test, and the remaining ten percent of the code realizes the test methodology. The device test data is DUT-dependent (e.g., power supply conditions, signal voltage conditions, timing conditions, etc.). The test code consists of methods to load the specified device conditions on to ATE hardware, and also those needed to realize user-specified objectives (such as datalogging). The framework of an embodiment of the invention provides a hardware-independent test and tester object model that allows the user to perform the task of DUT test programming.
  • To increase the reusability of test code, such code may be made independent of any device-specific data (e.g., pin name, stimulus data, etc.), or device-test-specific data (e.g., conditions for DC units, measurement pins, number of target pins, name of pattern file, addresses of pattern programs). If code for a test were compiled with data of these types, the reusability of the test code would decrease. Therefore, according to an embodiment of the invention, any device-specific data or device-test-specific data may be made available to the test code externally, as inputs during code execution time.
  • In an embodiment of the invention, a Test Class, which is an implementation of a standard test interface, denoted here as ITest, realizes the separation of test data and code (and hence, the reusability of code) for a particular type of test. Such a test class may be regarded as a “template” for separate instances of itself, which differ from each other only on the basis of device-specific and/or device-test-specific data. Test classes are specified in the test plan file. Each Test class typically implements a specific type of device test or setup for device test. For example, an embodiment of the invention may provide a specific implementation of the ITest interface, for example, FunctionalTest, as the base class for all functional tests for DUTs. It provides the basic functionality of setting test conditions, executing patterns, and determining the status of the test based on the presence of failed strobes. Other types of implementations may include AC and DC test classes, denoted here as ACParametricTests and DCParametricTests.
  • All test types may provide default implementations of some virtual methods (e.g., init( ), preExec( ), and postExec( )). These methods become the test engineer's entry points for overriding default behaviour and setting any test-specific parameters. However, custom test classes can also be used in test plans.
  • Test classes allow the user to configure class behaviour by providing parameters that are used to specify the options for a particular instance of that test. For example, a Functional Test may take parameters PList and TestConditions, to specify the Pattern List to execute, and the Level and Timing conditions for the test, respectively. Specifying different values for these parameters (through the use of different “Test” blocks in a test plan description file) allows the user to create different instances of a Functional Test. FIG. 4 illustrates how different test instances may be derived from a single test class. A Template Library may be employed as the general-purpose library of generic algorithms and data structures. This library may be visible to a user of the tester, so that the user may, for example, modify the implementation of a test class to create a user-defined test class.
  • As to user-developed test classes, an embodiment of the system supports integration of such test classes into the framework in that all test classes derive from a single test interface, e.g., ITest, so that the framework can manipulate them in the same way as the standard set of system test classes. Users are free to incorporate additional functionality into their test classes, with the understanding that they have to use custom code in their test programs to take advantage of these additional facilities.
  • Each test site 2110 including the site controller 130, the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160 and the test module 170 is dedicated to testing one or more DUTs 100, and functions through a configurable collection of test modules such as the test module 170. Each test module is an entity that performs a particular test task. For example, a test module could be a DUT power supply, a pin card, an analogue card, etc. This modular approach provides a high degree of flexibility and configurability.
  • The Module Commands Implementation classes 2248 may be provided by module hardware vendors, and implement either the module-level interfaces for hardware modules, or provide module-specific implementations of standard interfaces, depending on the commands implementation method chosen by a vendor. The external interfaces of these classes are defined by pre-determined module level interface requirements, and backplane communication library requirements. This layer also provides for extension of the standard set of test commands, allowing the addition of methods (functions) and data elements.
  • The Backplane Communications Library 2249 provides the interface for standard communications across the backplane, thereby providing the functions necessary to communicate with the modules connected to the test site. This allows vendor-specific module software to use a Backplane Driver 2250 to communicate with the corresponding hardware modules. The backplane communications protocol may use a packet based format.
  • Tester Pin objects represent physical tester channels and derive from a tester pin interface, denoted here as ITesterPin. The software development kit (SDK) of an embodiment of the invention provides a default implementation of ITesterPin, which may be called TesterPin, which is implemented in terms of a predetermined module-level interface, IChannel. Vendors are free to make use of TesterPin if they can implement their module's functionality in terms of IChannel; otherwise, they must provide an implementation of ITesterPin to work with their module.
  • The standard module interface, denoted here as IModule, provided by the tester system of the embodiment generically represents a vendor's hardware module. Vendor-supplied module-specific software for the system may be provided in the form of executables such as dynamic link libraries (DLLs). Software for each module-type from a vendor may be encapsulated in a single DLL. Each such software module is responsible for providing vendor-specific implementations for the module interface commands, which comprise the API for module software development.
  • There are two aspects of the module interface commands: first, they serve as the interface for users to communicate (indirectly) with a particular hardware module in the system, and second, they provide the interfaces that third-party developers can take advantage of to integrate their own modules into the site controller level framework. Thus, the module interface commands provided by the framework are divided into two types:
  • The first, and most obvious, are those “commands” exposed to the user through the framework interfaces. Thus, a tester pin interface (ITesterPin) provides methods to get and set level and timing values, while a power supply interface (IPowerSupply) provides methods for powering up and powering down, for example.
  • In addition, the framework provides the special category of the predetermined module-level interfaces, which can be used to communicate with the modules. These are the interfaces used by framework classes (i.e., “standard” implementations of framework interfaces) to communicate with vendor modules.
  • However, the use of the second aspect, the module-level interfaces, is optional. The advantage of doing so is that vendors may then take advantage of the implementations of classes such as ITesterPin and IPowerSupply, etc. while focusing on the content of specific messages sent to their hardware by implementing the module-level interfaces. If these interfaces are inappropriate to the vendor, however, they may choose to provide their custom implementations of the framework interfaces (e.g., vendor implementations of ITesterPin, IPowerSupply, etc.). These would then provide the custom functionality that is appropriate for their hardware.
  • The integration of module-specific vendor software can thus be accomplished through two different means: custom implementation of relevant framework classes and interfaces, or custom implementation of the special category of module level interfaces.
  • An example application of both methods is next presented with the aid of FIG. 10, which is a Universal Modelling Language (UML) class diagram depicting the interaction of the tester system of an embodiment of the invention and vendor-supplied modules.
  • A vendor of a new digital module, Third Party A (TPA), provides a software module to communicate with its hardware module. This software module will implement the standard interface, IModule. Let this module object be called TPAPinModule. The vendor TPA is able to make use of the standard system implementation of the ITesterPin interface, denoted here as TesterPin, by implementing the relevant predetermined module-level interface—in this case, IChannel—in its module. This is made possible by the fact that TesterPin uses standard predetermined module-level interfaces, such as IChannel, to communicate with modules. Therefore, TPAPinModule provides pins by simply creating and exposing TesterPin objects.
  • Now consider a different vendor, Third Party B (TPB), who decides that the IChannel interface does not work well with its hardware. Therefore, TPB needs to provide not only its own IModule implementation (TPBPinModule), but also an implementation of the ITesterPin interface, TPBTesterPin.
  • This approach gives third party developers a great deal of flexibility in choosing how to develop their hardware and supporting software. While they are required to implement the IModule interface, they may choose to implement module level interfaces or implement objects like TesterPins, as they see fit.
  • In fact, vendors may choose to implement TesterPins in order to provide extensions that are not supported in the ITesterPin interface. The framework will provide users a mechanism for retrieving a specific interface or implementation pointer to an object. This means that when user code has an ITesterPin pointer, the framework will be able to determine if it is pointing to, say, a TPBTesterPin object if it needs to. (Note that this feature may be provided via standard C++ Run Time Type Identification (RTTI).) In other words, when the test plan calls on the ITesterPin interface, the interface may, in turn, directly invoke the vendor's tester pin implementation of the TesterPin class, which incorporates module-specific information (e.g., addresses of registers to be set to provide a particular DUT stimulus).
  • In summary, while the framework code will always use the ITesterPin interface, users are free to make use of specific features and extensions provided by module vendors as needed. In other words, a module vendor can, for example, add methods (functions) to the standard system implementation of the class. The tradeoff for the user is that taking advantage of specific vendor extensions makes the test code less useable with other vendors' modules.
  • At the modular level, the test apparatus 10 nominally has two modes of operation. In an online mode of operation, module elements 2260 (e.g., hardware elements), which include the bus switch 140, the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160, the test module 170, the load board 180 and the DUT 100, are used, and in an offline mode of operation module emulation in software 2280, which includes the bus switch emulation section 240, the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the test module emulation section 270, the schedule control section 275, the DUT connection section 280, and the DUT simulating section 200, is used.
  • For the online mode of operation, the module element 2260 includes HW (hardware) backplane 2261 including the bus switch 140 illustrated in FIG. 1, chassis slot IF (Interface) 2262, module hardware 2263 including the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160, the test module 170 and the like, loadboard hardware IF 2264, hardware loadboard 2265 which corresponds to the load board 180, and DUT 2266 which corresponds to the DUT 100 illustrated in FIG. 10.
  • For the offline mode of operation, the module emulation in software 2280 includes a simulation framework 2281 including the schedule control section 275 illustrated in FIG. 2, backplane emulation 2282 including the bus switch emulation section 240, backplane simulation IF 2283, module emulation 2284 including the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the test module emulation section 270 and the like, loadboard simulation IF 2285, loadboard simulation 2286 including the DUT connection section 280, and DUT simulation IF 2287. Two models are shown for DUT simulation. A model using Verilog includes the Verilog PLI (Programming Language Interface) 2288 and a DUT Verilog model 2293. A model using C/C++ includes C/C++ language support 2289 and a DUT C/C++ model 2291. Note that the simulation can be performed on any computer, e .g., a PC.
  • In the online mode, the Module vendors provide physical hardware components to support testing, such as digital tester channels, DUT power supplies, or DC measurement units. The modules interface to the HW backplane 2261 through the chassis slot IF 2262.
  • For offline work, a PC-based or other environment that runs the equivalent of the System Controller would, additionally, undertake all the responsibilities of providing the Site Controller-level framework and runtime environment for the lower layers of software, as well as emulating hardware.
  • The backplane emulation 2282 provides a software surrogate for the physical backplane 2261. This communicates with the (vendor-supplied) module emulation software 2284 through the backplane simulation interface 2283.
  • The module emulation software 2284 is preferably provided by the module vendor, and is typically closely tied with a particular vendor implementation of a module 2263. Thus, the module emulation software will typically differ in the details across modules supplied by different vendors. In this case, the module simulation allows the vendor to expose hardware functionality through a software model (e.g., the module emulation software 2284), send stimulation signals to the simulated loadboard 2286, and receive and process DUT response signals from the simulated loadboard 2286, which is connected to DUT modelling software 2291, 2293 through the DUT simulation IF 2287. In some cases, vendors may find it advantageous to provide a simple functional simulation of the module and bypass emulation of the module firmware. The module emulation software compares the response of the simulated DUT to the simulated-module stimulation signals with a known good DUT response. Based on this comparison, the software determines whether the test being executed by the module meets its goal of testing the DUT as desired, and helps the user to debug the module prior to using it on an IC (physical DUT) on the online physical tester.
  • The loadboard simulation interface 2285 serves as the conduit for signals to and from the module emulation layer and the simulated loadboard 2286. The loadboard simulation component 2286 supports device socket mapping and signal propagation to and from the DUT simulation IF 2287.
  • The DUT simulation may be a native code (i.e., C/C++) simulation 2291, or a Verilog Programming Language Interface (PLI) to a functional model of the target device under test 2293. The model interfaces with the simulated loadboard through the DUT simulation interface 2287.
  • Note that the overall control of these layers is provided by the simulation framework 2281. The simulation framework measures the simulated DUT response to known stimulation signals. The method of system emulation is disclosed in U.S. application Ser. No. 10/403,817.
  • Communication and Control
  • Communication and control are carried out through management of related software objects. Preferably, a communications mechanism is hidden behind an object model on the system controller. This object model provides a proxy to the classes and objects found on the site controller and thereby provides a convenient programming model for application development (e.g., IC device testing). This allows application developers (e.g., users of the ATE system) to avoid unnecessary details related to the specifics of communications between the application and the Site/System controllers.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a specific embodiment of a site controller object as maintained in site controller software 2240 of the site controller 130. The site controller object includes CmdDispatcher 2602, FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2604 and FunctionalTest 2606. Interfaces include IMsgHandler 2608 and ITest 2610.
  • The site controller software 2240 preferably contains all of the functional classes that an application may need for access. These classes may, for example, include Tests, Modules, Pins, etc. Since the user's tests and software tools typically reside on different computers, messages will be sent from the tools on the System Controller to a server on the Site Controller. This server will call a method on a Command Dispatch object.
  • The Command Dispatch object (CmdDispatcher) 2602 maintains a map of message handler objects, which implement the IMsgHandler interface 2608. FIG. 11 illustrates a specific implementation of IMsgHandler, FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2604.
  • Messages received by the CmdDispatcher object 2602 contain an identifier of the object to be communicated with. This identifier is found in an internal map, which resolves to the specific implementation, in this case the FunctionalTestMsgHandler object 2604 shown.
  • In this example, IMsgHandler 2608 consists of a single method, handleMessage( ). This method is preferably implemented as a single implementation class. In the case shown, the FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2604 will forward the message on to one of six methods depending on the exact nature of the incoming message. The header of the incoming message contains a message id which allows the message handler to decide how to interpret and where to forward the message.
  • The corresponding communications environment at the system controller 110 relates to the tools 2225, 2226 section of the system controller software 2220. FIG. 12 illustrates an embodiment of a tool object (or system controller object) maintained on the system controller 110 in system controller software 2220 in correspondence to the site controller object shown in FIG. 11. The tool object includes an object CmdDispatcher 2702, FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2704 and FunctionalTestProxy 2706. Interfaces include IMsgHandler 2708, ITestClient 2710, and IDispatch 2712. Also included is a utility Application 2714.
  • For this example, the classes CmdDispatcher 2702, IMsgHandler 2708, and FunctionalTestMsgHandler 2704 are the same as in FIG. 11. However, instantiations of FunctionalTest 2606 (or any other site-controller class) are not used. Instead, the tool object has proxy classes for communication with each object on the site controller 130. Therefore, for example, the tool object includes the class FunctionalTestProxy 2706 in the place of FunctionalTest 2606. Similarly, ITestClient 2710 in the tool object is not the same as ITest 2610 in site controller object. In general, applications running on the site controller 130 will not use the exact interfaces as provided on the site controller 130. In this case, three methods of ITest 2610 (namely preExec( ), execute( ), and postExec( )), are replaced with a single method in ITestClient 2710 (namely runTest( )). In addition, ITestClient 2710 is a preferably dual interface; that is, it inherits from IDispatch 2712, which is implemented as a Microsoft Component Object Model (COM). It provides an interface that enables a scripting engine to access the object implementing that interface. This allows the system to be scriptable on the Microsoft Windows platform.
  • As an example for operation of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 11-12, an application running on the system controller 110 (e.g., in one of the tools sections 2226, 2228) may communicate with a site controller 130 where a test plan 2242 includes one or more FunctionalTest objects 2606. During initialization of the test plan 2242 on the site controller 130, a corresponding test-plan object is loaded onto the site controller 130, which constructs a TestPlanMessageHandler object and registers it with the CmdDispatcher object 2602. This assigns a unique ID to the message handler. Similar operations occur with other TestPlan objects that make up the test plan 2242.
  • The application (e.g., in tools 2226, 2228) on the system controller 110 initializes the communication library 2230, connects to the site controller 130 via a communication channel, and gets an ID for the TestPlan object. The library constructs a TestPlanProxy object and initializes it with this ID. During initialization this proxy object determines how many Tests it contains and their types and IDs. It loads the appropriate DLLs for each type (in this case only one type) and constructs the proxy objects for them, initializing them with their ID values.
  • The Test Proxy objects, in turn, also initialize. To do this they construct appropriate messages to get their names (using their ID values) and send them to a communication server at the site controller 130, which passes the message on to the CmdDispatcher 2602. This object looks up the destination IDs in its internal map and forwards the message on to the handleMessage( ) methods of the FunctionalTestMsgHandler objects 604. For example, if the message was a request to obtain test names, these objects get their respective test's names and reply to the application's Test Proxy objects with the appropriate name strings.
  • After initialization has completed, the application has remote access to a TestPlan object and through it, both Test objects. The user may now presses for example, a “Run Test Plan” button on the application. As a result, the application calls the RunTestPlan( ) method on the Test Plan Proxy object. This method constructs a RunTestPlan message with the destination ID of the Test Plan object and calls the sendMessage( ) function on the RPC proxy, which sends the message to the Site Controller.
  • The communication server on the site controller 104 calls the handleMessage( ) method on the CmdDispatcher object 2602 passing it the ID of the Test Plan object. The CmdDispatcher object 2602 looks up this ID in its internal map, finding the message handler for the TestPlan object and calls the handleMessage( ) method on this object, which, in turn, calls the RunTestPlan( ) method on the TestPlan object. In a similar manner, the application can get the names and last run status of the Test objects.
  • Method for Using the Communication Library
  • The following is an example use of the communications library 2230.
  • The communication library 2230 is preferably a static library. An application can use this communication library through a CommLibrary.h file. An application that needs to export the communication library classes should have the preprocessor definitions COMMLIBRARY_EXPORTS, COMMLIBRARY_FORCE_LINKAGE defined in addition to including the above include file. An application that imports the communication library need not define any preprocessor definitions. When the communication library is used as server, the application has to call the following static function of CcmdDispatcher: InitializeServerunsigned long portNo).
  • The portNo is the portNo on which the server should be listening. The command dispatcher corresponding to the server can be retrieved by calling the static function: getServerCmdDispatcher on the CCmdDispatcher class.
  • When the communication library is used as client the application should call the static function “InitializeClientconst(const OFCString serverAddress, unsigned long serverPortNo, CcmdDispatcher **pCmdDispatcher, OFCString serverId)”.
  • The serverAddress and ServerPortNo to which the client has to connect. This function initializes the command dispatcher pointer for the client and serverId to which it has connected. Also at a later point of time the client can retrieve the command dispatcher corresponding to the serverId by calling the static function getClientCmdDispatcher.
  • When the communication library is being compiled, the build has been excluded on the files ClientInterface.idl and Serverlnterface.idl. The preferred embodiment applies the already generated stub and proxy files for these interface definition files to link the proxy and stub implementation files into the same library. Hence, the server and client can be instantiated in the same address space. The following changes in the interface definition files and stub files are preferably made to make the communication library work as server and client in the same address space.
  • Changes in Interface Definition Files
  • The following namespace declaration is preferably added in each of the interface definition files. This is to avoid the name collision between the proxy implementation functions and our own implementation of the interface functions. The following namespace declaration is added in the serverInterface.idl.
  • The functions in the stub implementation file is changed to call our own implementation functions for the functions that are declared in the interfaces i.e. we have a different named function corresponding to each of the functions that are declared in the interfaces.
  • In order to avoid the conflict in function call, it is preferable to prefix the implementation functions names with “COMM_” string. So the code in the stub functions is changed to call “COMM_functionName” instead of “functionName”.
  • For this method to work, all the functional classes that exist, should also have their corresponding message handler object and Proxy classes. All message handler objects should derive from IMsgHandler class provided by the communication library. IMsgHandler class is an abstract class. It is preferably the responsibility of the implementer of the message handler to provide a definition for the handleMessage, setObjectId, handleError. All the message types should start from one (we reserve zero for handleError). The functional class preferably have their corresponding message handler as their member variable. In the constructor of the functional class, the functional class should get itself registered with the message handler by calling a function provided by its message handler. Next the message handler object should be registered with the command dispatcher by calling addMsgHandler function on the command dispatcher with the message handler as the parameter. The addMsgHandler function will assign an ID to the message handler and the functional class. The destructor of the functional class should call the removeMsgHandler function on the command dispatcher by sending the function class identifier as parameter. Proxy classes should also follow the same procedure of registration as explained for the functional classes.
  • System Configurations and Testing
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a nominal testing sequence 2800 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The testing sequence 2800 includes installation 2815 of modules in a test environment 804 that encompasses test preparation 2806 and system testing 2808. Initially a new module (hardware or software or a combination thereof) 2810 is certified 2812 (by some external procedure possibly based on vendor quality control). Installation 2815 first requires test preparation 2806 including installation of hardware module emulation for offline simulation 2809, installation of module resource files and interfaces for test program development 2814 and installation of module specific pattern compiler for pattern compilation 2816. Next system testing 2808 is carried out with inputs from calibration 2817, diagnostics 2818, and configuration. System testing 2808 then is carried out for the new module including: (1) interface control, (2) synchronization, sequencing and repeatability, (3) error/alarm handling, (4) multi-site control, and (5) multi-instrument module control.
  • Supplementary Information B: an example of specification of a framework of the system software of the DUT 100.
  • B.1 Introduction
  • This specification is a guide for user and developer which describes a framework of system software of the DUT 100 focusing on the emulation environment (offline environment) by the distributed system of the test emulator 190 or the system controller 110, and the site controller 130.
  • B.2 User's Guide
  • This chapter is a user's guide which describes the framework of the system software of a test apparatus 10.
  • B.2.1 SimTester
  • “SimTester (simulated test apparatus)” is an application program causing the computer 20 to act as the test emulator 190 illustrated in FIG. 2. SimTester loads all module and DUT DLLs and responds to commands from the system software and emulates the test apparatus, where the system software is runtime software to simulate pattern load and execution.
  • When SimTester is brought up, it loads the Simulation Configuration File. This results in the loading of all Module Emulation DLLs which cause the test emulator 190 as the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, and the test module emulation section 270. After loading the DLLs, SimTester waits for a connection from the system controller 110. The system controller 110 connects to SimTester when a test plan is loaded. Part of the information in the test plan is the name of the Offline Configuration File. Before the system controller 110 actually loads the test plan data, it sends the Offline Configuration File to SimTester so that it can complete its initialization. A successful load of the Offline Configuration File means that SimTester has loaded the DUT models and has attached them to the module emulator such as the test module emulation section 270 as the DUT connection section 280 and the DUT simulating section 200. At this point the simulation is ready for pattern loading and after that pattern execution.
  • When a test plan is unloaded, SimTester is signalled to unload the DUT models and wait for a new Offline Configuration File.
  • B.2.2 Configuration Files
  • SimTester uses 2 configuration files. The first is the simulation configuration file. This file specifies what tester modules will be available during the simulation. The second file is the offline configuration file. This file specifies what DUT models will be loaded and how they are connected to the tester.
  • B.2.2.1 Simulation Configuration Files
  • FIGS. 14-15 are examples of a simulation configuration file. The file is broken up into hierarchical blocks.
  • The global section 5010 performs global setting. The InitVoltage parameter is the initial voltage on all the wires in the simulation at the start. Subsequent patterns start with the state left on the wire by the previous pattern.
  • The RecoveryRate parameter is an optional parameter used to resolve two analogue signals driving against once another. More specifically, the parameter indicates voltage variation per a predetermined time used to determine how long it takes a voltage to achieve its steady state level when this case arises.
  • The module emulation section 5020 specifies module DLL, and sets up the module DLL.
  • The Waveform Section declares what types of waveform models are used for each module resource. The waveform model, such as step waveform, slew waveform, analogue waveform or the like, is specified for each channel connecting with a terminal of the DUT
  • A port section declares instance of the module emulator which causes the test emulator 190 to acts as the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, the module emulation section 270 and/or the like.
  • The LogicalPort parameter is provided such that when a module inserted in a channel is replaced to another channel due to the fail of the channel, the LogicalPort parameter keeps about the replacement.
  • The Params section in the module emulation section 5020 keeps the parameter to be passed to the module DLL.
  • B.2.2.2 Offline Configuration File
  • FIGS. 16-17 are examples of offline configuration files. The global section 5110 performs an overall setup. RegSelect specifies a file which selects the register to be traced for pattern tracing.
  • Waveform parameter sets up a waveform model for every terminals of each DUT. DUT block mainly includes Params Block and PinConnections Block.
  • The PinConnections Block specifies connection between resource of the test apparatus and a terminal of the DUT. For example, “L3.11 10 1.0ns” indicates that Resource 11 of LogicalPort 3 is connected to DUT pin 10, with a transport delay of 1.0 nanoseconds. Here, the LogicalPort is a port where a module is implemented, and the Resource is logic or the like which corresponds to a channel provided in the module etc.
  • B.3 Developer's Guide
  • Tester module and DUT models are created by the framework of the module emulation program illustrated in FIG. 5, e.g., by deriving C++ classes from some base classes. The derivation involves implementing a few virtual functions in the base class. In addition, the framework provides some classes that facilitate I/O between tester modules and DUT models. Finally, by implementing the framework, the obtained DLL can be connected to another component in the test emulator 190 to run the emulation.
  • B.3.1 Offline Framework Class Structure
  • FIG. 18 is a class hierarchical structure 5200 illustrating the detail of the class hierarchical structure illustrated in FIG. 5. Each method in ThirdPartyModule class and ThirdPartyDUT classes are the virtual methods that must be implemented to define the behaviour of the model. The createDomain, registerDomain, releaseDomain, getDomain, registerEvent and raiseEvent methods in the SimComponent base class provides service for accessing the software simulation engine of the DUT 100 which causes the test emulator 190 to acts as the schedule control section 275 or the like.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a specification diagram of the channel object used as an interface in the framework. Tester modules and DUT models will contain an array of SimChannel objects. Each instance of SimChannel corresponds to an I/O channel for the model. Channels are identified using SimChanID objects. The SimChannel class allows the module or DUT model to write the voltage time history to the output channel, and to read voltages at specific times from input channels. If an input channel needs to be scanned for edges in a time window, then an instance of a SimWaveformIter can be obtained from the SimChannel::getWaveformlter method. The SimWaveformIter object allows the calling routine to iterate through all the edge in a finite time window.
  • B.3.2 Implementation of a Tester Module
  • In this section, implementation of simple digital driver module and digital strobe module will be explained as examples of module implementing method.
  • FIG. 21 shows base class of simple digital module as an example of the module of the test apparatus. The class of the digital driver module and the digital strobe module is generated as a derived class of the base class.
  • The developer implements constructor of the base class, getChannel method which returns the channel object, setBaseAddress which sets up memory address space of the module, setBusNumber method which sets up the slot number of the bus switch 140, lockInterrupt/unlockInterrupt method which sets up lock/unlock of interruption, the read/write method which accesses the memory address space in the modular based on the base class.
  • B.3.2.1 Local Events
  • Offline simulation is an event driven process. That is, each module registers events. Then, the handleEvent method of the module of which the event is registered is called.
  • The events are defined by the SimEvent class and classified into synchronous events and asynchronous events. Asynchronous events are further classified into system events and local asynchronous events. System events are for example, system interruption, end of pattern generation, etc.
  • B.3.2.1.1 Local Asynchronous Events
  • Local asynchronous events are used to handle inter-module communications. As the name applies there is no time associated with this event. To indicate that a module wishes to receive a particular asynchronous event, it should register for it through the overloaded registerEvent method that takes no time argument. If a module needs to raise an event, the raiseEvent method should be invoked. Note that the event object supports arguments to be added to an event. The receiving module should handle asynchronous events in the overloaded handleEvent method that has no time argument.
  • B.3.2.1.2 Local Synchronous Events
  • The most common type of event used is the local synchronous event (or simply synchronous event). These events are used by modules to schedule read or write (drive or strobe for digital modules) events. Synchronous events are only used by a module to receive notification at a specific time, and are never used for inter-module communications.
  • B.3.3 Simple Digital Driver Module
  • FIG. 22 illustrates class declaration of a simple digital driver module. The developer implements getModuleIDs method which returns information on the constructor and vendor/module of the class, and initEvents method which initializes the driver module.
  • FIG. 23 is an example of the handleEvent method of the digital driver module.
  • The drive module writes edges for all the channels in the current cycle. This writing is performed by the set method in each element of m_channels, which is an array of SimChannel objects. In addition to the set method, the SimChannel objects include off method and end method. The off method stops drive of the signal. The end method notifies the framework that the generation of the signal during a predetermined period, e.g., cycle period, is finished. On receiving the notification, a signal which instructs read-out of a channel is sent to a component opposite from the channel. e.g., to the DUT connection unit 280. Consequently, the generated signal is read by the component. Typically, in order to generate and transfer the signal during the predetermined period, the user will make several set-method calls to specify the voltage over a time range, and then call end method once at the end of the predetermined period. The relation between the set method and the end method will be described in detail in B.3.4.
  • B.3.4 Simple Digital Strobe Module
  • FIG. 24 shows class declaration of a simple digital strobe module. The developer implements constructor, getModuleID method, initEvents method, etc., in a similar manner to the digital driver module. As for the digital strobe module, since the comparison result of the output value of the DUT and an expected value is stored in fail memory, read and write methods are changed.
  • FIG. 25 is an example of the handleEvent method of the digital strobe module.
  • A digital strobe module reads the voltage of the channel in specific timing using the read method of the SimChannel. Then, after finishing the processing during the cycle period, it request the SimEventMgr object to create an event by sending the end timing of the next cycle, then the event is registered by the registerEvent method.
  • B.3.4 Implementation of a DUT Model
  • DUT modelling uses the same approach as tester modules; however, the simulation of DUTs is not event driven. Hence, SimComponentStepped the base class for DUT models, supplies implementations for initEvents, handleEvent, and bus I/O methods. Instead the function run must be implemented to define the DUT model behaviour during pattern execution.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example of the run method in the DUT model. The run method takes two arguments, a start time and an end time. These arguments indicate that the DUT model should advance its internal states from the start time to the end time based upon stimulus from the input pins and output any data resulting from these changes to the DUT state. Inputs should be received from the SimChannel objects. In addition, outputs can occur after the end time.
  • The run method includes steps of scanning the input terminals, updating the internal states of the DUT, and outputting data to the output channels of the DUT.
  • Even if an output edge were to fall outside the execution time window, the fall edge has to be written to the output channel by the set method. Moreover, when calling end method, the output signal must be fallen.
  • Thereby, calling end indicates to the system that the object on the other side of the channel can safely read the channel up to the specified time because the signal will not change. The framework insures that this is true by blocking any writes to the channel for times earlier than the last end call. This can cause problems in subsequent run calls to the DUT model.
  • Offline DLL Interface
  • Next, a DLL of the module and the DUT model based on the framework is build and the functions that creates an instance of these models and perform any clean up after the end of the process is exported, so that the DLL which emulates the module of the test apparatus and the DLL which emulates the DUT may be created.
  • Supplementary information C: An example of specification of system bus access library
  • C.1 Introduction
  • FIG. 28 shows positioning of the system bus access library 6014 in the real environment 6000 and the emulation environment 6050. It is used in common in the real environment 6000 of the DUT 100 and in the emulation environment 6050 by the test emulator 190.
  • FIG. 28A shows positioning of the system bus access library 6014 in the real environment 6000 (online environment). Software 6010 is software which runs on the site controller 130 illustrated in FIG. 1. The software 6010 includes: an HLC processing section 6012 which receives and interprets HLC (High Level Command) from the program which controls the test of the test apparatus 10 and generates the access command to hardware 6030; a system bus access library 6014 including a communication library which performs communication processing based on an access command, and a bus access library which accesses a system bus (PCI bus in the present embodiment) based on instructions of the communication library; and a PCI bus driver 6016 which controls a system bus based on instruction of the system bus access library 6014.
  • The hardware 6030 includes: a bus IF 6032 included in the site controller 130 illustrated in FIG. 1; the bus switch 140; and various modules such as the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160 and/or test module 170. The bus IF 6032 connected to the bus slot of the site controller 130 transmits access issued by the PCI bus driver 6016 to the modules such as the synchronous module 150 and/or test module 170, through the bus switch 140, so that the access is processed.
  • FIG. 28B illustrates positioning of the system bus access library 6014 in the emulation environment 6050 (offline environment). The offline process 6060 is software which runs on the site controller 130 or the test emulator 190 illustrated in FIG. 1, and causes the test emulator 190 to act as the site control emulation section 230. The offline process 6060 is a process to control the test apparatus emulation process 6080 instead of controlling the hardware 6030 by the software 6010. The offline process 6060 provides the user of software 6010 with a user level interface in common with the software 6010 by using the HLC processing section 6012 and the system bus access library 6014, which are substantially same as the software 6010. The test apparatus emulation process 6080 is a process which emulates the test apparatus 10, and includes a system bus emulator 6084 which emulates the bus switch 140, and the module emulator 6086 which emulates the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160, and/or the test module 170. The system bus emulator 6084 causes the test emulator 190 to act as the bus switch emulation section 240. The module emulator 6086 causes the test emulator 190 to act as the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260, and/or the test module emulation section 270. Hereinafter, unless otherwise specifically noted, it writes clearly, a word “module” means at least one of the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160 and the test module 170 in the online environment, and the synchronous module emulation section 250, the synchronous connection module emulation section 260 and the test module emulation section 270 in the offline environment.
  • C.2 General Functions for Controlling the Tester Module
  • This chapter describes general functions used in the module driver which runs on the site controller 130 and controls the synchronous module 150, the synchronous connection module 160, and/or the test module 170. In the module driver, this library is used to access registers and memories in the tester module and read and write the data necessary for device measurement. The main functions described in this chapter are as follows:
      • 1. Bus access using program IO
      • 2. Bus access using the DMA function
      • 3. Interrupt handling
      • 4. Control of library/System bus
  • C.2.1 Bus Access Using Program 10
  • There are two types of accesses to the system bus, one in which MW (Machine Word) is directly written on the register of the Tester Module connected to the bus and the other in which the HLC (High Level Command) is transferred to the Tester Module. In both cases, Address and Data flow on the system bus. If recognized as HLC by the Address on the Tester Module side, the processing corresponding to the HLC is performed on the Tester Module side. For writing data from the Site CPU (the site controller 130) to the Tester Module, the same data is sent to each Tester Module connected to the Site CPU and each Tester Module acquires the corresponding data.
  • FIFO is placed in the System bus and Tester Module and, therefore, if any data is transferred from the Site CPU to the Tester Module, the write action of the CPU is stopped without waiting for the completion of the write action of the Tester Module. The time until the data is actually stored in the register is influenced by the availability of FIFO existing between the CPU and the register of the target. For guaranteeing that the data has definitely reached all Tester Modules, use the flush waiting function of the FIFO. When FIFOs are flushed using the read of the register in the Tester Module, it can be guaranteed that only the FIFO of the Tester Module to be read has been flushed.
  • In the example shown in the following diagram, if read of the register is executed against the Tester Module 2, the read action is made to wait until the FIFO of the Tester Module 2 is flushed, but there is no guarantee that the FIFO of the Tester Module 1 has been flushed. If this guarantee is desired, execute reading of the Tester Module 2, using the flush waiting function of the FIFO in the Tester Module, after the FIFO of each Tester Module has been flushed.
  • <Offline>
  • No FIFO is placed in the offline System bus Emulator 6084. Therefore, if PIO write is executed against a Module Emulator 6086 that does not have FIFO, it returns from the function after storing data to the register of the Module Emulator 6086.
  • If any data is written in the Module Emulator 6086 having FIFO the same as in online, the write process is immediately ended after storing data in the FIFO of the Module Emulator 6086.
  • 2.1.1 Write Using Program IO
  • Write the data to the register in the Tester Module. The Site CPU terminates write operation before the written data reaches the Tester Module (posted write).
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_write
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_write(unsigned int address, unsigned int data);
    [Argument]
      address Machine word address
      data Data to be written
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.1.2 Read Using Program IO
  • Read the data in the register of the Tester Module. The Site CPU waits until the data is read. Read of the target register is made to wait until the data in the FIFO between the CPU and the target register is flushed.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_read
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_read(unsigned int address, unsigned int *data);
    [Argument]
      address Machine word address
      data Pointer to the variable to read the data
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.1.3 Block Write Using Program IO
    Write the blocks of data to the register in the Tester Module. Specify the data format using the address and the data as a pair. The System bus executes the write cycles for the specified number of times.
  • When writing data in multiple addresses, it can be executed with higher speed than writing with the BCL_GBI_write( ) function every time. This is because the calling of the function is needed only once and multiple exclusions are not executed.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_writeBlock
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_writeBlock(unsigned int *address, unsigned int *data,
    unsigned int number);
    [Argument]
      address Pointer to the array in which the address is stored
      data Pointer to the array in which the data is stored
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.1.4 Block Read Using Program IO
  • Read the data in the register of the Tester Module as blocks. The address of the register can be specified with discontinuous values. The System bus executes the read cycles for the specified number of times.
  • When reading data in multiple addresses, it can be executed with higher speed than reading with the BCL_GBI_read( ) function every time. This is because the calling of the function is needed only once and multiple exclusions are not executed.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_readBlock
    [Syntax]
    int BCL_GBI_readBlock(unsigned int *address, unsigned int *data,
    unsigned int number);
    [Argument]
      address Pointer to the array in which the address is stored
      data Pointer to the array to read the data
      number The number of data to be read
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.1.5 Continuous Block Write Using Program IO
  • The data array is written to the register placed in the evenly spaced addresses of the Tester Module. The data array is written from the specified starting address and the offset value is added to the address every time the data is written. The offset value can be specified as a value between 0 and 0×3ffffff. The System bus executes the write cycles for the specified number of times.
  • When writing data to multiple fixed offset addresses, it can be executed with higher speed than that of the writing using the BCL_GBI_writeBlock( ). This is because of the fact that the adding of addresses is conducted by hardware and, therefore, the number of packets flowing on the PCI bus becomes smaller.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_writeSeq
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_writeSeq(unsigned int address, unsigned int *data,
    unsigned int number, unsigned int offset);
    [Argument]
      address Machine word address
      data Pointer to the array in which the data is stored
      number The number of data to be written
      offset The offset value to be added to the address for each data
    transfer.
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.1.6 Continuous Block Read Using Program IO
  • The data array is read from the register placed in the evenly spaced addresses of the Tester Module. The data array is read from the specified starting address and the offset value is added to the address every time the data is read. The offset value can be specified as a value between 0 and 0×3ffffff. The System bus executes the read cycle the specified number of times.
  • When reading data from multiple fixed offset addresses, it can be executed with higher speed than reading with the BCL_GBI_readBlock( ) function every time. This is because of the fact that the adding of addresses is conducted by hardware and, therefore, the number of packets flowing on the PCI bus becomes smaller.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_readSeq
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_readSeq(unsigned int address, unsigned int *data,
    unsigned int number, unsigned int offset);
    [Argument]
      address Machine word address
      data Pointer to the array to read the data
      number The number of data to be read
      offset The offset value to be added to the address for each data
    transfer.
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.2 Bus Access Using DMA Function
    The following four types of functions are available for data transfer using DMA.
    No. functions
    • 1 Synchronous DMA write with burst/single
    • 2 Synchronous DMA read with burst/single
    • 3 Asynchronous DMA write with burst/single
    • 4 Asynchronous DMA read with burst/single
      1. Synchronous/asynchronous DMA
      In the case of synchronous DMA, the function waits for termination of the DMA and then terminates. Although the function terminates only after the termination of the DMA, the transferred data may remain in the FIFO in the System bus I/F or Tester Module in certain cases.
  • In the case of asynchronous DMA, the function terminates without waiting for the DMA termination. Therefore, it is required that the lifecycle of the data area be guaranteed by the user. Furthermore, if any function using the DMA is executed before the transfer of the asynchronous DMA has been completed, the function is forced to wait until the previous DMA transfer is completed.
  • The transfer ID is prepared as the identification information to wait for the completion of asynchronous DMA processing. This transfer ID is 32-bit data without a code and, if the number of DMA transfers exceeds 32 bits, it returns to 0 and is reused.
  • 2. Burst/Single DMA
  • In burst DMA transfer, data is transferred with packets specific to burst on the System bus. In this transfer, one address and N (64 at the maximum) data are taken as a packet and the transfer of packets is repeated until the transfer of the specified number of data is completed. Therefore, high-speed transfer is possible.
  • In addition, in carrying out DMA transfer, the increasing value for the address on the Tester Module side can be specified. This increasing value is used to calculate the top address of the packet for transfer of the packet after the second group.
    (Address of the packet)=(Specified increasing value) (Number of data in the preceding packet)+(Top address of the preceding packet)
    In addition, because the register with which burst transfer is possible depends on the Tester Module, it is necessary to check if the register is a usable one.
  • In single DMA transfer, the address and data are transferred as a set on the System bus, the same as in program 10. Therefore, the transfer speed is lower than that for burst DMA, but transfer to any register is possible. When conducting DMA transfer, the increasing value for the address on the System bus side can be specified. This increasing value is added to the address every time an address is generated.
  • <Offline>
  • In the case of offline, even if burst transfer is specified, it is treated internally as a single transfer. Therefore, transfer to any register that does not support burst transfer is possible. Taking online use into consideration, however, avoid any use for registers in which burst transfer is not supported by hardware. In addition, offline synchronous and asynchronous DMAs are the same as those online.
  • C.2.2.1 Synchronous Write Using DMA Function
  • Transfers data placed in the memory of the Site CPU to the Tester Module using DMA. This function can specify burst or single for synchronous write.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_writeSyncDMA
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_writeSyncDMA(unsigned int address, unsigned int
    *data, unsigned int number, unsigned int offset, unsigned int mode);
    [Argument]
      address Machine word address
      data Pointer to the array in which the data is stored
      number The number of data to be written
      offset The offset value to be added to the address for each data
    transfer
      mode Burst or single operation mode
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.2.2 Synchronous Read Using I)MA Function
  • Data using the DMA from the register in the Tester Module is read to the memory of the Site CPU. This function can specify burst or single for synchronous read.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_readSyncDMA
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_readSyncDMA(unsigned int address, unsigned int
    *data, unsigned int number,
      unsigned int offset, unsigned int mode);
    [Argument]
      address Machine word address
      data Pointer to the array to read the data
      number The number of data to be read
      offset The offset value to be added to the address for each data
    transfer
      mode Burst or single operation mode
    [Return value]
    BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
    BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.2.3 Asynchronous Write Using DMA Function
  • The data placed in the memory of the Site CPU is transferred to the Tester Module using DMA. This function can specify burst or single for asynchronous write.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_writeAsyncDMA
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_writeSyncDMA(unsigned int address, unsigned int
    *data, unsigned int number,
      unsigned int offset, unsigned int mode, unsigned int *transferID);
    [Argument]
      address Machine word address
      data Pointer to the array in which the data is stored
      number The number of data to be written
      offset The offset value to be added to the address for each data
    transfer
      mode Burst or single operation mode
      transferID Pointer for ID for waiting for completion of transfer
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.2.4 Asynchronous Read Using DMA Function
  • Data using the DMA from the register in the Tester Module is read to the memory of the Site CPU. This function can specify burst or single for asynchronous read.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_readAsyncDMA
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_readAsyncDMA(unsigned int address, unsigned int
    *data, unsigned int number,
      unsigned int offset, unsigned int mode, unsigned int *transferID);
    [Argument]
      address Machine word address
      data Pointer to the array to read the data
      number The number of data to be read
      offset The offset value to be added to the address for each data
    transfer
      mode Burst or single operation mode
      transferID Pointer for ID for waiting for completion of transfer
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      BCL_GBI_ERROR Error

    C.2.2.5 Waiting for Completion of Asynchronous DMA Transfer
  • Waits for the completion of transfer in asynchronous transfer using the DMA. This function terminates when the DMA is completed or the specified time has elapsed. Because the resolution uses 1 ms 32-bit signed timer, the range for time specification is 0-(INT_MAX/1000). If any specification is made outside this range, it is treated the same as when BCL_GBI_INFINITE is specified.
  • In transferID is specified with a wrong value, BCL_GBI_OK is returned immediately and this function is terminated.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_waitDMA
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_waitDMA(unsigined int transferID, double timeOut);
    [Argument]
      transferID ID waiting for completion of transfer returned in
    asynchronous mode transfer
      timeOut Waiting time >= 0 : timeout period [s]
    BCL_GBI_INFINITE : waits until the DMA terminates.
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_OK DMA terminates normally.
      BCL_GBI_TIMEOUT Timeout
      BCL_GBI_ERROR The DMA terminates abnormally.

    C.2.2.6 Status of Asynchronous DMA Transfer
  • Gives notice of the current status of asynchronous DMA transfer. If a wrong transferID is specified, gives notice of the same status as the termination of the DMA.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_getConditionDMA
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_getConditionDMA(unsigned int transferID);
    [Argument]
      transferID ID waiting for completion of transfer returned in
    asynchronous mode transfer
    [Return value]
      BCL_GBI_BUSY DMA being executed
      BCL_GBI_OK DMA terminates normally.
      BCL_GBI_ERROR DMA terminates abnormally.

    C.2.3 Interrupt Handling
  • In the System bus access library, functions for carrying out basic interrupt operation are provided. There are four types of interrupts operable using the System bus access library.
      • 1. Bus error interrupt (only for online)
        • Up to 65 interrupt handlers can be registered.
      • 2. Bus timeout interrupt
        • Up to 65 interrupt handlers can be registered.
      • 3. Sync error interrupt (only for online)
        • Up to 65 interrupt handlers can be registered.
      • 4. Interrupt generated from the Tester Module
        • Up to 2 interrupt handlers can be registered with each bus number.
  • It is executed with interrupt thread together with above-mentioned interrupt. Bus error, Bus timeout or Sync error interrupt generated by the System bus I/F disables the interrupt inside the interrupt thread and then executes the interrupt handlers of the registered target in turns. After execution of the target interrupt handlers is completed, the interrupt thread clears the factor of the interrupt and enables the interrupt internally.
  • For acceptance of interrupt, control of enable/disable can be controlled by the function of this library separately from enable/disable inside the interrupt thread. For the interrupt generated in the Tester Module, the interrupt thread disables the interrupt internally and executes the lock of the interrupt for the Tester Module. Then, interrupt handlers corresponding to the bus number causing the interrupt are executed by turns. After completing the execution of the target interrupt handlers, the interrupt thread clears the factor of the interrupt for the Tester Module. Then the lock of the interrupt is released and the interrupt is enabled internally.
  • For acceptance of interrupt, control of enable/disable can be controlled by the function of this library separately from enable/disable inside the interrupt thread. Inhibition/permission for interrupt can be controlled both on the System bus board and the Tester Module.
  • Inhibition/permission on the System bus I/F side simply enables/disables the interrupt from the Tester Module. Lock/unlock of interrupt on the Tester Module side controls generation of interrupt on the source of interrupt on the Tester Module side. During lock, generation of new interrupt in the Tester Module is inhibited and change in the status related to interrupt is also inhibited. After unlock, generation of interrupt on the Tester Module side becomes possible.
  • C.2.3.1 Registration of Module Interrupt Handler
  • The interrupt handler function at the time of occurrence of the interrupt from the Tester Module is registered. When an interrupt has occurred, the registered function is executed with the exclusive thread for the interrupt handler. The interrupt handler is registered together with the bus number, and the interrupt handler that has the same registered bus number as that of the Tester Module that reported the interrupt is activated.
  • In addition, the value set at the time of registration is returned to the interrupt handler. Two interrupt handlers can be registered at the same time for each bus number. Bus numbers can be specified from 1 to 64. If successfully registered, the key number is returned as the return value. If registration is carried out using this key number, the re-registration and deletion of the interrupt handler with this key number becomes possible. If any registration is carried out by specifying 0 as the key number, the interrupt handler will be set to a vacant key number. If there is no vacant key number, an error occurs and (−1) will be returned as the return value. With respect to execution of interrupt handlers in the case in which two interrupt handlers have been registered, the execution is carried out from the younger key number.
  • Deletion of the interrupt handler is registered by setting the address of the callback function to BCL_GBI_IGNORE_MODULE_HANDLER. The interrupt thread does not execute the interrupt handler of BCL_GBI_IGNORE_MODULE_HANDLER.If both of two interrupt handlers for each bus number become BCL_GBI_IGNORE_MODULE_HANDLER, interrupt handlers of that bus number return to the default. (The standard interrupt handler in the access library will be set.)
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_addInterruptHandler
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_addInterruptHandler(unsigned int BusNo, int KeyNo,
        BCL_GBI_MODULE_HANDLER handler, unsigned int arg);
    [call back function]
      void InterruptRoutine(unsigned int BusNo, unsigned int Factor,
    unsigned int arg);
    [Argument]
      BusNo Bus number
      KeyNo Key number
      handler Call back function address
      arg Value to be given to interrupt handler
      Factor interrupt factor (dependent on each module)
    [Return value]
      Key number to which interrupt handler is registered
      If it is (−1), registration failed (invalid bus number or key number).

    C.2.3.2 Registration of Bus Error Interrupt Handler
  • The error processing function for the case in which error occurred in the System bus is registered. If any error occurs in the System bus, the interrupt thread executes the registered function. In addition, if any error occurs in the System bus, the interrupt is cleared by the interrupt thread. It is not necessary to clear inside the interrupt handler.
  • Up to 65 interrupt handlers for Bus error can be registered. If successfully registered, the key number is returned as the return value. If registration is carried out using this key number, the re-registration and deletion of the interrupt handler with this key number becomes possible. If any registration is carried out by specifying 0 as the key number, the interrupt handler will be set to a vacant key number. If there is no vacant key number, an error occurs and (−1) will be returned as the return value. Deletion of the interrupt handler is registered by setting the address of the callback function to BCL_GBI_IGNORE_BUSERROR_HANDLER.
  • The interrupt thread does not execute the interrupt handler of BCL_GBI_IGNORE_BUSERROR_HANDLER. If all 65 interrupt handlers become BCL_GBI_IGNORE_BUSERROR_HANDLER, they return to the default. (The standard interrupt handler in the access library will be set.) Bus error may occur due to an error in communication of the System bus or failed hardware.
  • <Offline>
  • Because there is no factor to cause any error in the Bus offline, the handler registered with this function does not function.
    [Name]
      BCL_GBI_addBusErrorInterruptHandler
    [Syntax]
      int BCL_GBI_addBusErrorInterruptHandler(int KeyNo,
        BCL_GBI_MODULE_HANDLER handler, unsigned int arg);
    [call back function]
      void BusErrorInterruptRoutine(unsigned int arg);
    [Argument]
      KeyNo Key number
      handler Call back function address
      arg Value to be given to interrupt handler
    [Return value]
      Key number to which interrupt handler is registered
      If it is (−1), registration failed (invalid bus number or key number).

    2.3.3 Registration of Bus Timeout Interrupt Handler
  • The error processing function for the case in which timeout occurs in the System bus is registered. If any timeout occurs in the System bus, the interrupt thread executes the registered function. In addition, if any timeout occurs in the System bus, the interrupt is cleared by the interrupt thread.
  • It is not necessary to clear inside the interrupt handler. Up to 65 interrupt handlers for Bus timeout can be registered. If successfully registered, the key number is returned as the return value. If registration is carried out using this key number, the re-registration and deletion of the interrupt handler with this key number becomes possible. If any registration is carried out by specifying 0 as the key number, the interrupt handler will be set to a vacant key number. If there is no vacant key number, an error occurs and (−1) will be returned as the return value. Deletion of the interrupt handler is registered by setting the address of the callback function to BCL_GBI_IGNORE_TIMEOUT_HANDLER.
  • The interrupt thread does not execute the interrupt handler of BCL_GBI_IGNORE_TIMEOUT_HANDLER. If all 65 interrupt handlers become BCL_GBI_IGNORE_TIMEOUT_HANDLER, they return to the default. (The standard interrupt handler in the access library will be set.) Bus timeout occurs at the time of read in the condition in which a cable is disconnected or the receiver does not exist. Failed hardware can also be the cause.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_addTimeoutInterruptHandler
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_addTimeoutInterruptHandler(int KeyNo,
        • BCL_GBI_TIMEOUT_HANDLER handler, unsigned int arg);
          [call back function]
      • void TimeoutInterruptRoutine(unsigned int address, unsigned int Factor, unsigned int arg);
        [Argument]
      • KeyNo Key number
      • handler Call back function address
      • address Machine work address when a timeout has occurred
      • Factor Factor that caused the timeout
        BCL_GBI_FACTOR_MODULE Read of Tester Module
        BCL_GBI_FACTOR_CONFIG Read of configuration data
        BCL_GBI_FACTOR_WRITE All write operations
      • arg Value to be given to interrupt handler
        [Return Value]
      • Key number to which interrupt handler is registered
      • If it is (−1), registration failed (invalid bus number or key number).
        C.2.3.4 Registration of Sync Error Interrupt Handler
  • The error processing function for the case in which Sync error occurred in the System bus is registered. If any Sync error occurs in the System bus, the interrupt thread executes the registered function. In addition, if any Sync error occurs in the System bus, the interrupt is cleared by the interrupt thread. It is not necessary to clear inside the interrupt handler.
  • Up to 65 Interrupt handlers for Sync error can be registered. If successfully registered, the key number is returned as the return value. If registration is carried out using this key number, the re-registration and deletion of the interrupt handler with this key number becomes possible. If any registration is carried out by specifying 0 as the key number, the interrupt handler will be set to a vacant key number. If there is no vacant key number, an error occurs and (−1) will be returned as the return value.
  • Deletion of the interrupt handler is registered by setting the address of the callback function to BCL_GBI_IGNORE_SYNCERROR_HANDLER. The interrupt thread does not execute the interrupt handler of BCL_GBI_IGNORE_SYNCERROR_HANDLER. If all 65 interrupt handlers become BCL_GBI_IGNORE_SYNCERROR_HANDLER, they return to the default. (The standard interrupt handler in the access library will be set.)
  • Sync error may be caused by improper setting of software or faulty design of hardware. Failed hardware can also be the cause.
  • <Offline>
  • Because there is no factor to cause any Sync error in the Bus offline, the handler registered with this function does not function.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_addSyncErrorInterruptHandler
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_addSyncErrorInterruptHandler(int KeyNo,
        • BCL_GBI_SYNCERROR_HANDLER handler, unsigned int arg);
          [call back function]
      • void SyncErrorInterruptRoutine(unsigned int arg);
        [Argument]
      • KeyNo Key number
      • handler Call back function address
      • arg Value to be given to interrupt handler
        [Return Value]
      • Key number to which interrupt handler is registered
      • If it is (−1), registration failed (invalid bus number or key number).
        C.2.4 Control of Library/System bus
        C.2.4.1 FIFO Flush Wait
  • Flush of FIFO in all Tester Modules connected to the System bus that is connected to the Site CPU is waited for. FIFOs exist in the System bus I/F board and Tester Module. If this function is terminated, it means that all the data that existed in the FIFO immediately before executing this function are written to the Tester Module. Because the CPU issues a read cycle to the PCI bus during execution of this function, the bus is locked by hardware until the FIFO is flushed. Therefore, a delay may occur in DMA transfer, interrupt acceptance, etc. Furthermore, in certain cases, timeout may occur because of execution of this function. Furthermore, in certain cases, timeout may occur because of execution of this function.
  • <Offline>
  • Offline, FIFO of System bus I/F Emulator does not exist. In addition, the existence of FIFO in the Tester Module is vendor-dependent.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_waitFlushFIFO
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_waitFlushFIFO(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Flush completed
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.2.4.2 Resetting Module
  • Tester Modules connected to the Site CPU are reset. In this function, the following processing is conducted.
    • 1. Sending out the bus reset packet to the System bus
    • 2. Sending out the packet to clear the interrupt to the System bus
    • 3. Sending out the unlock packet for the interrupt to the System bus
  • The resetting action and the time needed depend on each Tester Module.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_resetModule
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_resetModule(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.2.4.3 Initializing the Library
  • The System bus access library is initialized. When using the System bus access library, it is necessary to carry out this initialization at first. In this function, the following processes are executed.
    • 1. Initialization of the variable of the access library
    • 2. Activation of the thread for executing the interrupt handler The interrupt on the System bus I/F is in disabled status.
      <Offline>
      In the case of offline, inter-process communication with the System bus Emulator is prepared by this function. A timeout occurs if the connection with the System bus Emulator is not established within 30 seconds.
      [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_init
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_init(unsigned int siteNo, int mode);
        [Argument]
      • siteNo Site number (1 to 8)
      • mode Specifying Online/Offline
        • BCL_GBI_ONLINE Online
        • BCL_GBI_OFFLINE Offline
          [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR The site number is out of definition.
      • <Offline>
      • BCL_GBI_TIMEOUT Cannot connect with the System bus Emulator within 30 seconds
        C.2.4.4 Releasing the Library
  • Process for ending the use of the System bus access library is carried out.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_finish
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_finish(unsigned int siteNo); 130
        [Argument]
      • siteNo Site number (1 to 8)130
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR The site number is out of definition.
        C.2.4.5 Determining Online/Offline
  • Determine whether the currently run System bus access library is operating online or offline.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_isOnline
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_isOnline(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_ONLINE Online
      • BCL_GBI_OFFLINE Offline
        C.2.4.6 Verifying the Connection with the GBSC
  • Verifies whether or not the System bus I/F can be connected with the GBSC.
  • This can also verify whether or not the GBSC is turned on.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_getConnected
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_getConnected(unsigned int *connect);
        [Argument]
      • connect Pointer to the variable to store the result of whether or not the System bus I/F can be connected with the GBSC
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.2.4.7 Acquiring Detailed Error Information
  • Returns detailed information of the error which occurred when the System bus access library returned BCL_GBI_ERROR.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_getLastError
        [Syntax]
      • unsigned int BCL_GBI_getLastError(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • Returns unsigned 32-bit error information.
      • bit31 Value to identify the error code type.
        • 0: Windows error code (refer to System Error Codes)
        • 1: Access library unique error code
      • bit30-24 Value to identify where the error occurred in the function
        (internal information)
      • bit23-16 Value to identify the access library function where the error occurred
      • bit15-0 Error code
      • When bit31 is 0: Lower 16-bit value of GetLastError( )
      • When bit31 is 1: Access library internal error value
        C.2.4.8 Acquiring Detailed Error Information History
  • Returns detailed information of the last 16 errors (maximum) which occurred when the System bus access libraries returned BCL_GBI_ERROR.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_getPreviousErrors
        [Syntax]
      • unsigned int BCL_GBI_getPreviousErrors(unsigned int *error, unsigned int size);
        [Argument]
      • error Pointer to the array variable to store error information
  • The error information format is the same as BCL_GBI_getLastError( ).
      • size Size of the array variable to store the error information
        [Return Value]
  • The number of stored error information units is returned.
  • C.3 Timer Functions
  • This chapter describes the functions which control the timer hardware on the System bus I/F board.
  • The resolution of the timer hardware on the System bus I/F board is 1 [us].
  • 3.1 Reading the Elapsed Time
  • 3.1.1 Reading the Time
  • The elapsed time after the System bus access library is initialized can be read in seconds [s].
  • <Restrictions>
  • The resolution is 1 [us]. However, if the read value is larger than the significant digits of double * 1 [us], a resolution of 1 [us] may not be obtained because data is converted to double type and then read. The significant digits of double are 15 digits in decimal, therefore, theoretically, a resolution of 1 [us] cannot be obtained for about 31 years from initialization.
  • The hardware counter operates in 64 bits, therefore, theoretically, it will return to 0 after about 580,000 years after the System bus access library is initialized. In the program, the difference (elapsed time) between readings at regular intervals may not be the same due to the load conditions of the CPU or PCI bus, or due to the FIFO conditions.
  • <Offline>
  • When offline, the elapsed time, from when the SiteCPU is started, is read in seconds [s].
  • [Name]
      • BCL_TMR_readTime
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_TMR_readTime(double *time);
        [Argument]
      • time Elapsed time [s] after the initialization of the System bus access library
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_TMR_OK Normal termination
        C.3.1.2 Reading the Timer Counter
  • The elapsed time after initializing the System bus access library is initialized can be read in count value. The count value increases by 1 with an elapse of 1 [us].
  • <Restrictions>
  • The hardware counter operates in 64 bits, therefore, theoretically, it will return to 0 after about 580,000 years after the System bus access library is initialized. In the program, the difference (elapsed time) between readings at regular intervals may not be the same due to the load conditions of the CPU or PCI bus, or due to the FIFO conditions.
  • <Offline>
  • When offline, the elapsed time, from when the SiteCPU is started, is read as the count value.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_TMR_readCount
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_TMR_readCount(unsigned_int64 *count);
        [Argument]
      • count The count value after initialization of the System bus access library (1 [us]/1 count)
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_TMR_OK Normal termination
        C.3.2 Wait Functions
        C.3.2.1 Wait Time
  • This function causes the next function to wait until the specified time elapses. If a value smaller than 1 [us] is specified as the wait time, the next function will start immediately.
  • <Restrictions>
  • The wait time may be longer than the specified time, depending on the load conditions of the CPU.
  • <Offline>
  • When offline, the wait time is based on the value in which less than 1 [ms] is rounded off. For example, if a value smaller than 1 [ms] is specified as the wait time (time), the function will be returned immediately. The maximum wait time is 4294967.296 [s] (approximately 49 days).
  • [Name]
      • BCL_TMR_wait
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_TMR_wait(double time);
        [Argument]
      • time Wait time specified in seconds [s]
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_TMR_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_TMR_ERROR Wait cancelled
        C.3.2.2 Cancelling the Wait Function
  • All processes of the currently run BCL_TMR_wait function can be cancelled. When the function is executed in multiple threads, all the processes of BCL_TMR_wait function are cancelled.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_TMR_cancel
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_TMR_cancel(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_TMR_OK Normal termination
        C.4 Functions Specifically for Configuration/Diagnostics
  • This chapter describes the functions used for hardware configuration and hardware diagnostics. If used for any purpose other than hardware configuration and hardware diagnosis, data transfer to the tester module or interruption operation cannot be performed properly. Use these functions for hardware configuration and hardware diagnosis after learning the hardware structures of System bus I/F board, bus switch and tester module, etc.
  • No runtime error occurs in this library during operation, but, if used in any function other than bus configuration and hardware diagnosis, functions of this library and the System bus I/F board with respect to interruption of the device driver are not guaranteed.
  • C.4.1 Configuration Control (Special Function)
  • The function described in this chapter is a function used for configuration of System bus I/F and the tester module. Because data transfer to the tester module becomes impossible if carelessly operated, use it after becoming thoroughly familiar with the structure of the hardware and software.
  • C.4.1.1 Bus Configuration Write
  • Data is written to the System bus I/F and Tester Module configuration register. This function is terminated after the configuration data is stored in the System bus I/F and the Tester Module.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_writeBusConfig
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_writeBusConfig(unsigned int address, unsigned int config);
        [Argument]
      • address Configuration data address
      • config Configuration data to be written
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.1.2 Bus Configuration Read
      • Data are read from the System bus I/F and Tester Module configuration register.
        [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_readBusConfig
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_readBusConfig(unsigned int address, unsigned int *config);
        [Argument]
      • address Configuration data address
      • config Pointer to the variable to store configuration data
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.1.3 Completing the Bus Switch Configuration Setting
  • When online, nothing is executed.
  • <Offline>
  • Offline bus connection can be switched by executing this function when bus switch configuration write is complete.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_decideBusMatrix
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_decideBusMatrix (void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.2 Interrupt control (Special function)
  • The function described in this chapter is a function used for bus configuration and hardware diagnostics. Because interruption of the System bus I/F board is directly controlled, if operated carelessly, the device driver of the System bus I/F board and this library cannot execute interrupt processing.
  • C.4.2.1 Bus I/F Board Interrupt Enable
  • Various interrupt signals are enabled on the System bus I/F board. There are four types of interrupt signals: interrupt from the Tester Module, Bus error, Bus timeout and Sync error. Those signals can be set as the bit information defined as follows. In specifying multiple interrupt signals, set them as logical OR. This function terminates after making sure that the interrupt has been enabled on the System bus I/F.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_interruptEnable
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_interruptEnable(unsigned int status);
        [Argument]
      • status Interrupt signal specification
        • BCL_GBI_INT_MODULE Interrupt from the Tester Module
        • BCL_GBI_INT_BUSERROR Bus error
        • BCL_GBI_INT_TIMEOUT Bus timeout
        • BCL_GBI_INT_SYNCERROR Sync error
          [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.2.2 Bus I/F Board Interrupt Disable
  • Various interrupt signals are disabled on the System bus I/F board. There are four types of interrupt signals: interrupt from the Tester Module, Bus error, Bus timeout and Sync error. Those signals can be set as the bit information defined as follows. In specifying multiple interrupt signals, set them as logical OR. This function terminates after making sure that the interrupt has been disabled on the System bus I/F.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_interruptDisable
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_interruptDisable(unsigned int status);
        [Argument]
      • status Interrupt signal specification
        • BCL_GBI_INT_MODULE Interrupt from the Tester Module
        • BCL_GBI_INT_BUSERROR Bus error
        • BCL_GBI_INT_TIMEOUT Bus timeout
        • BCL_GBI_INT_SYNCERROR Sync error
          [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.2.3 Bus I/F Board Interrupt Read
  • Various interrupt signals are read on the System bus I/F board. There are four types of interrupt signals: interrupt from the Tester Module, Bus error, Bus timeout and Sync error. Those signals can be read as the bit information defined as follows:
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_interruptRead
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_interruptRead(unsigned int *status);
        [Argument]
      • status Pointer to the variable to read the interrupt signal
        • BCL_GBI_INT_MODULE Interrupt from the Tester Module
        • BCL_GBI_INT_BUSERROR Bus error
        • BCL_GBI_INT_TIMEOUT Bus timeout
        • BCL_GBI_INT_SYNCERROR Sync error
          [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.2.4 Bus I/F Board Interrupt Clear
  • Various interrupt signals are cleared on the System bus I/F board. There are four types of interrupt signals: interrupt from the Tester Module, Bus error, Bus timeout and Sync error. Those signals can be set as the bit information defined as follows. In specifying multiple interrupt signals, set them as logical OR. This function clears the interrupt on the System bus I/F after the FIFO of each Tester Module immediately before this function was executed has been flushed. This function terminates after making sure that the interrupt has been cleared on the System bus I/F.
  • When only the interrupt from Tester Module (BCL_GBI_INT_MODULE) is specified, flush the FIFO of each of the Tester Modules just before executing this function, clear the interrupt on the System bus I/F, confirm that the interrupt on the System bus I/F is cleared, and end the process.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_interruptClear
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_interruptClear(unsigned int status);
        [Argument]
      • status Interrupt signal specification
        • BCL_GBI_INT_MODULE Interrupt from the Tester Module
        • BCL_GBI_INT_BUSERROR Bus error
        • BCL_GBI_INT_TIMEOUT Bus timeout
        • BCL_GBI_INT_SYNCERROR Sync error
          [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.2.5 Setting Number of Modules to Be Synchronized
  • The number of all Tester Modules connected to the System bus that is connected to the Site CPU is set on the System bus I/F board. With this setting, the number of modules to synchronize FIFO is determined.
  • <Offline>
  • Offline, FIFO of System bus I/F Emulator does not exist.In addition, the existence of FIFO in the Tester Module is vendor-dependent.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_setSyncCount
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_setSyncCount(unsigned int number);
        [Argument]
      • number Number of modules to be synchronized
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.2.6 Saving Interrupt Settings
  • The interrupt signal setting (enable or disable) on the System bus I/F board and the interrupt occurrence setting (lock or unlock) from the Tester Module are saved. This function is used to save the current settings before interrupt is executed in diagnosis or other operations. The saved settings are restored by using the BCL_GBI_restoreInterruptCondition( ) function. If this function is executed more than once, the previously saved settings are deleted and only the most recently saved settings take effect.
  • <Offline>
  • When offline, this feature is invalid and nothing happens in this function.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_saveInterruptCondition
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_saveInterruptCondition(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.2.7 Restoring Interrupt Settings
  • The interrupt signal setting (enable or disable) on the System bus I/F board and the interrupt occurrence setting (lock or unlock) from the Tester Module saved by using the BCL_GBI_saveInterruptCondition( ) function are restored. After the interrupt is executed in diagnosis or other operations, this function is used to restore the settings before the operation. If this function is executed without using the BCL_GBI_saveInterruptCondition( ) function to save the settings, the function returns an error. If this function is executed more than once, no error occurs and the most recently saved settings are restored.
  • <Offline>
  • When offline, this feature is invalid and nothing happens in this function.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_restoreInterruptCondition
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_restoreInterruptCondition(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.4.2.8 Reading Module Interrupt Factors
  • The factors and the number of factors, when the interrupt from the Tester Module occurs, are read. A maximum of 256 (4 bytes per factor) interrupt factors exist. Among these, only factors where interrupts occurred are returned. Consider the maximum number of factors where interrupts can occur (256 unsigned int type) and allocate sufficient number of buffers to read the factors.
  • <Offline>
  • When offline, this feature is invalid and nothing happens in this function.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_readInterruptFactor
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_readInterruptFactor(unsigned int *Factor, int *number);
        [Argument]
      • Factor Pointer to the array to read the interrupt factors
      • number Pointer to the array to store the number of interrupt factors
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.5 PENDING FUNCTIONS
        Pending functions
        5.1.1 Cancellation of Asynchronous DMA Transfer (Non-disclosure)
  • Cancels the asynchronous DMA transfer being executed. Synchronous DMA cannot be cancelled. If a wrong transferID is specified, cancellation of the DMA is not executed and the status of normal termination returns.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_cancelDMA
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_cancelDMA(unsigned int transferID);
        [Argument]
      • transferID ID waiting for completion of transfer returned in asynchronous mode transfer
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.5.1.2 Acquisition of PCI Base Address (Non-disclosure)
  • The base address of the PCI bus, which is used in the System bus I/F board, can be acquired. This function is used in the diagnostic process for the System bus I/F board, etc. This address can be used only for a process from which the address has been acquired. If the acquired address is NULL, the library has not been initialized. Initialize the library by using the BCL_GBI_init function and then use this function.
  • <Note>
  • This function is used only in the debugging process and cannot be used for any products in any way.
  • <Offline>
  • When offline, this feature is invalid and nothing happens in this function.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_exportPciBaseAddress
        [Syntax]
      • PULONG BCL_GBI_exportPciBaseAddress(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • NULL Error
      • Not NULL PCI base address of System bus I/F
        C.5.1.3 Tester Module Interrupt Lock (Non-disclosure)
  • Occurrences of interrupts from the Tester Module can be disabled at the source of the interrupts. After setting the interrupt lock, no interrupt is issued from the Tester Module. This function ends after the lock command is completely stored in each of the Tester Modules.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_interruptLock
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_interruptLock(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.5.1.4 Tester Module Interrupt Unlock (Non-disclosure)
  • Occurrences of interrupts from the Tester Module can be enabled at the source of the interrupts. Executing this function allows the Tester Module to issue interrupts that have been suspended by the interrupt lock function or interrupts which are generated after unlocking.
  • This function ends after the unlock command is completely stored in each of the Tester Modules.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_interruptUnlock
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_interruptUnlock(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.5.1.5 Outputting Detailed Error Information (Non-disclosure)
  • Outputs the detailed information of the error, which occurred when the System bus access library returned BCL_GBI_ERROR, to the standard output stream.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_printLastError
        [Syntax]
      • void BCL_GBI_printLastError(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • None
        C.5.1.6 Outputting the Detailed Error Information History (Non-disclosure)
  • Outputs the detailed information of the last 16 errors (maximum), which occurred when the System bus access libraries returned BCL_GBI_ERROR, to the standard output stream.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_printPreviousErrors
        [Syntax]
      • void BCL_GBI_printPreviousErrors(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • None
        C.5.1.7 Debug Mode Control (Non-disclosure)
  • Controls the debug mode implemented for the access library.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_verbose
        [Syntax]
      • void BCL_GBI_verbose(int val);
        [Argument]
      • val Debug mode specification
        [Return Value]
      • None
        C.5.1.8 Trace Function Enable (Non-disclosure)
  • Enables the trace function of the access library. When the trace function is enabled, it becomes possible to trace the bus access and the functions. The bus access tracing allows the accessed address and data and read/write identification to be indicated in the standard output stream. The function tracing allows the executed function names to be indicated in the standard output stream. Any function can be registered as a function that executes tracing and replaced for a previously registered function.
  • The access library contains the following functions that execute bus access tracing:
    • BCL_GBI_write
    • BCL_GBI_read
    • BCL_GBI_writeBlock
    • BCL_GBI_readBlock
    • BCL_GBI_writeSeq
    • BCL_GBI_readSeq
    • BCL_GBI_writeSyncDMA
    • BCL_GBI_readSyncDMA
    • BCL_GBI_writeAsyncDMA
    • BCL_GBI_readAsyncDMA
    • BCL_GBI_writeConfig
    • BCL_GBI_readConfig
      The access library contains the following functions that execute function tracing:
    • BCL_GBI_waitFlushFIFO
    • BCL_GBI_waitDMA
    • BCL_GBI_cancelDMA
    • BCL_GBI_conditionDMA
    • BCL_GBI_syncCount
    • BCL_GBI_resetModule
      [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_ioTraceEnable
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_ioTraceEnable(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.5.1.9 Trace Function Disable (Non-disclosure)
  • Disables the trace function of the access library. When the trace function is disabled, it becomes impossible to trace the bus access and the functions.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_ioTraceDisable
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_ioTraceDisable(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.5.1.10 Address Filter Specification for the Trace Function (Non-disclosure)
  • Specifies the address filter for bus access tracing. A single address or continuous addresses can be specified for filtering, depending on the filter mode. Up to 16 address specifications are allowed. When the trace function is enabled, only the addresses that match any of the address specifications are traced.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_ioTraceAddress
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_ioTraceAddress(int mode, . . . );
      • int BCL_GBI_ioTraceAddress(0);
      • int BCL_GBI_ioTraceAddress(1, addr);
      • int BCL_GBI_ioTraceAddress(2, start_addr, stop_addr);
        [Argument]
      • mode Specifies any of the following filter modes:
        • 0: Filter specification is cancelled.
        • 1: Single address specification
        • 2: Continuous address specification
      • addr Target address at the time of single address specification
      • start_addr Start address at the time of continuous address specification
      • stop_addr End address at the time of continuous address specification
        [Return Value]
      • BCL_GBI_OK Normal termination
      • BCL_GBI_ERROR Error
        C.5.1.11 Output of Information Set for the Trace Function (Non-disclosure)
  • Outputs the information currently set for the trace function to the standard output stream. Use this function to check whether the trace function is enabled or disabled or to check the settings of the address filter.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_ioTraceShow
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_ioTraceShow(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • None
        C.5.1.12 Simplified Help Information Output for the Trace Function (Non-disclosure)
  • Outputs the simplified help information of the trace function to the standard output stream.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_ioTraceHelp
        [Syntax]
      • int BCL_GBI_ioTraceHelp(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • None
        C.5.1.13 Trace Function Registration (Non-disclosure)
  • Replaces a default trace function that executes the tracing with another trace function. When the trace function is enabled, the registered trace function is executed from the access library function to be traced immediately after registration. Only one function can be registered. If an attempt is made to register a function when one is already registered, the previously registered function is overwritten. Execute the BCL_GBI_ioTraceResetHandler function to reset the trace function to the default.
  • The access library contains the following functions that execute tracing:
    • BCL_GBI_write
    • BCL_GBI_read
    • BCL_GBI_writeBlock
    • BCL_GBI_readBlock
    • BCL_GBI_writeSeq
    • BCL_GBI_readSeq
    • BCL_GBI_writeSyncDMA
    • BCL_GBI_readSyncDMA
    • BCL_GBI_writeAsyncDMA
    • BCL_GBI_readAsyncDMA
    • BCL_GBI_writeConfig
    • BCL_GBI_readConfig
    • BCL_GBI_waitFlushFIFO
    • BCL_GBI_waitDMA
    • BCL_GBI_cancelDMA
    • BCL_GBI_conditionDMA
    • BCL_GBI_syncCount
    • BCL_GBI_resetModule
      [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_ioTraceHandler
        [Syntax]
      • void BCL_GBI_ioTraceHandler(BCL_GBI_TRACE_HANDLER handler, void *arg);
        [Argument]
      • handler Call back function address
      • arg Value to be given to trace handler
        [Return Value]
      • None
        C.5.1.14 Default Trace Function Registration (Non-disclosure)
  • Resets a trace function replaced by the BCL_GBI_ioTraceHandler function to the default.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_ioTraceResetHandler
        [Syntax]
      • void BCL_GBI_ioTraceResetHandler(void);
        [Argument]
      • None
        [Return Value]
      • None
        C.5.1.15 Default Trace Function Execution (Non-disclosure)
  • Executes the default trace function from a trace function registered by the BCL_GBI_ioTraceHandler function.
  • [Name]
      • BCL_GBI_ioTraceExecuteDefaultHandler
        [Syntax]
      • void BCL_GBI_ioTraceExecuteDefaultHandler(int cmd, unsigned int address, int data, void *arg);
        [Argument]
      • cmd Function to be traced
      • address Address to be traced
      • data Data to be traced
      • arg Argument that was given to trace handler
        [Return Value]
      • None
        Industrial applicability
  • As described above, according to the present invention, there is provided the test emulator, the test module emulator, and the record medium storing the programs for emulating appropriately the test apparatus which is used with various modules.

Claims (17)

1. A test emulator for emulating a test apparatus comprising a plurality of test modules for supplying a test signal to devices under test respectively, comprising:
a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on different cycles;
a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test;
a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of said plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of said test module emulation section, based on instructions from said control emulation section;
a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by said synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and
a schedule section for causing said test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by said timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
2. The test emulator as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a device under test simulating section for simulating operation of a device under test based on the test signal generated in simulation.
3. The test emulator as claimed in claim 1, wherein
said synchronous emulation section further generates interruption collection timings for collecting interruption to the control apparatus generated in simulation by each of said plurality of test module emulation sections during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timings,
said timing alignment section aligns the plurality of test signal generating timings and the plurality of interruption collection timings in order of time, and outputs them one by one, and
said schedule section causes said test module emulation section corresponding to the interruption collection timing to notify said control emulation section of the interruption generated in simulation in the cycle time at which said test module emulation section generates the test signal just before the interruption collection timing, in case that said timing alignment section outputs one of the interruption collection timings.
4. The test emulator as claimed in claim 1, wherein
each of said plurality of test module emulation sections generates change timing of the test signal in the cycle time at the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and
the test emulator further comprises a DUT connection section for acquiring the plurality of change timings generated by said plurality of test module emulation sections, and for changing the test signal in simulation one by one in order of time based on the plurality of change timings.
5. The test emulator as claimed in claim 4, wherein
said DUT connection section supplies the plurality of change timings acquired from said plurality of test module emulation sections to said timing alignment section,
said timing alignment section aligns the plurality of change timings, the plurality of test signal generating timings, and the plurality of interruption collection timings in order of time, and outputs them one by one, and
said schedule section causes said DUT connection section to change the test signal in simulation at the change timing, in case that said timing alignment section outputs one of the change timings.
6. The test emulator as claimed in claim 1, wherein
each of said plurality of said test module emulation sections notifies said synchronous emulation section of the cycle end timing at which the cycle time ends during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and
said synchronous emulation section generates the test signal generating timings at which said test module emulation section generates the test signal in simulation corresponding to next cycle time based on the cycle end timing notified from each of said plurality of test module emulation sections.
7. The test emulator as claimed in claim 6, wherein said schedule section causes the interruption generated in simulation by said test module emulation section corresponding to the test signal generating timing to be notified to said control emulation section during the generation of the test signal in the cycle time just before the test signal generating timing, in case that said timing alignment section outputs the test signal generating timing corresponding to the next cycle time.
8. The test emulator as claimed in claim 1, wherein
each of said plurality of test module emulation sections is realized by operating test module emulation program corresponding to said test module emulation section by a computer, and the test module emulation program comprises:
a plurality of hardware emulation functions, being provided corresponding to a plurality of commands received by the test module from said control apparatus respectively, for emulating operation of the test module corresponding to the command; and
a control function used in order for said schedule section to cause the test emulator to generate the test signal in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
9. A record medium storing therein program for causing a computer to function as a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses comprising a plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively, wherein the program causes the computer to function as:
a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on different cycles;
a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test;
a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of said plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of said test module emulation section, based on instructions from said control emulation section;
a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by said synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and
a schedule section for causing said test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by said timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing.
10. A test module emulator for emulating a test module among a plurality of test modules by a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses comprising the plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively based on a different cycle, wherein the test emulator comprises:
a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test;
a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of said plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of said test module emulation section, based on instructions from said control emulation section;
a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by said synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and
a schedule section for causing said test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by said timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and
the test module emulator comprises a pattern generator emulation section for generating the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings based on instructions from said schedule section.
11. The test module emulator as claimed in claim 10, further comprising a test module interface emulation section for notifying a synchronous emulation section of cycle end timing at which the cycle corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings ends, and causing said synchronous emulation section to further generate the test signal generating timing at which the test module emulator is to generate the test signal in simulation for the next time based on the cycle end timing.
12. A record medium storing therein program for causing a computer to function as a test module emulator for emulating a test module among a plurality of test modules as for a test emulator for emulating test apparatuses comprising the plurality of test modules for supplying test signal to devices under test respectively based on a different cycle, wherein the test emulator comprises:
a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test;
a synchronous emulation section for generating test signal generating timings, at which each of said plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate the test signal in simulation corresponding to cycle time of said test module emulation section, based on instructions from said control emulation section;
a timing alignment section for aligning the plurality of test signal generating timings generated by said synchronous emulation section in order of time, and outputting them one by one; and
a schedule section for causing said test module emulation section corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings output by said timing alignment section to generate the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing, and
the program causes the computer to function as a pattern generator emulation section for generating the test signal in simulation in the cycle time corresponding to one of the test signal generating timings based on instructions from said schedule section.
13. A test apparatus comprising a test module for supplying a test signal to a device under test, comprising:
a control apparatus for controlling a test of the device under test;
a test module for generating a test signal based on a cycle; and
a test module emulation section for emulating said test module, wherein
said control apparatus inputs an instruction about which of a real test or a simulation test is to be selected for the test of the device under test,
said control apparatus supplies said test module with a test program for testing the device under test and causes said test module to test the device under test when the instruction indicates that the real test of the device under test is to be performed, and
said control apparatus supplies said test module emulation section with a test program for testing the device under test and causes said test module emulation section to simulate the test of the device under test when the instructions indicates that the simulation test of the device under test is to be performed.
14. The test apparatus as claimed in claim 13, wherein
said control unit executes communication software for performing communication processing between said control unit and said test module, and
said communication software decides whether the test program is to be supplied to said test module or said test module emulation section based on the instructions included in calling for initializing the communication software in cooperation with said control apparatus.
15. A test emulator for emulating a test apparatus comprising a plurality of test modules for supplying a test signal to devices under test, comprising:
a plurality of test module emulation sections for emulating the plurality of test modules generating the test signal based on a cycle;
a control emulation section for emulating a control apparatus for controlling the test of the devices under test; and
a schedule section for scheduling test signal generating timing at which each of said plurality of test module emulation sections is to generate test signal corresponding to a cycle time in simulation, wherein
said test module emulation section outputs variation of voltage of the test signal during the cycle time corresponding to the test signal generating timing by calling voltage setting method of an output channel object which emulates an output channel for multiple times on receiving the test signal generating timing by a function call, and
said test module emulation section notifies that output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time is finished by calling an end method of the output channel object output after the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal corresponding to the cycle time is finished.
16. The test emulator as claimed in claim 15, wherein
said schedule section calculates a period during which all of said test module emulation sections finishes the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal based on the end method notified from each of said plurality of test module emulation sections, and
the test emulator further comprises a device under test simulating section for acquiring the test signal within the period and simulates operation of the device under test during the period based on the test signal.
17. The test emulator as claimed in claim 15, wherein the output channel object forbids the variation of the voltage in the period during which the output of the variation of the voltage of the test signal was finished, which was notified by the end method, after the end method was called.
US10/814,603 2003-02-14 2004-03-31 Test emulator, test module emulator, and record medium storing program therein Abandoned US20050039079A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/814,603 US20050039079A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-03-31 Test emulator, test module emulator, and record medium storing program therein
US11/860,469 US20080010524A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-09-24 Test emulator, test module emulator and record medium storing program therein
US11/860,437 US20080016396A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-09-24 Test emulator, test module emulator and record medium storing program therein

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US44783903P 2003-02-14 2003-02-14
US44962203P 2003-02-24 2003-02-24
PCT/JP2004/001648 WO2004072669A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-02-16 Method and apparatus for testing integrated circuits
US10/814,603 US20050039079A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-03-31 Test emulator, test module emulator, and record medium storing program therein

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2004/001648 Continuation-In-Part WO2004072669A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-02-16 Method and apparatus for testing integrated circuits

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/860,469 Division US20080010524A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-09-24 Test emulator, test module emulator and record medium storing program therein
US11/860,437 Division US20080016396A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-09-24 Test emulator, test module emulator and record medium storing program therein

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050039079A1 true US20050039079A1 (en) 2005-02-17

Family

ID=39265262

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/772,434 Abandoned US20040225459A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-02-06 Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US10/772,327 Active 2026-02-11 US7437261B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-02-06 Method and apparatus for testing integrated circuits
US10/814,603 Abandoned US20050039079A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-03-31 Test emulator, test module emulator, and record medium storing program therein
US11/860,437 Abandoned US20080016396A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-09-24 Test emulator, test module emulator and record medium storing program therein
US11/860,469 Abandoned US20080010524A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-09-24 Test emulator, test module emulator and record medium storing program therein
US12/748,317 Expired - Lifetime US8255198B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2010-03-26 Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/772,434 Abandoned US20040225459A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-02-06 Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US10/772,327 Active 2026-02-11 US7437261B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2004-02-06 Method and apparatus for testing integrated circuits

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/860,437 Abandoned US20080016396A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-09-24 Test emulator, test module emulator and record medium storing program therein
US11/860,469 Abandoned US20080010524A1 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-09-24 Test emulator, test module emulator and record medium storing program therein
US12/748,317 Expired - Lifetime US8255198B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2010-03-26 Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (6) US20040225459A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE390637T1 (en)
DE (1) DE602004012714T2 (en)

Cited By (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040221251A1 (en) * 2003-05-01 2004-11-04 Ali Bozkaya Distributed infiniband verification protocol
US20040225459A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2004-11-11 Advantest Corporation Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US20050246584A1 (en) * 2004-04-16 2005-11-03 Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd. Test data managing system and method
US20050262414A1 (en) * 2004-05-22 2005-11-24 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Datalog support in a modular test system
US20060036907A1 (en) * 2004-08-11 2006-02-16 Emc Corporation Area-and product-independent test automation system and method for automatically synchronizing tests of multiple devices
US20060224926A1 (en) * 2005-03-30 2006-10-05 Advantest Corporation Diagnostic program, a switching program, a testing apparatus, and a diagnostic method
US20060247882A1 (en) * 2005-03-07 2006-11-02 Advantest Corporation Test apparatus, test method, electronic device manufacturing method, test simulator and test simulation method
US7209849B1 (en) * 2006-02-27 2007-04-24 Advantest Corporation Test system, added apparatus, and test method
WO2007092271A2 (en) * 2006-02-03 2007-08-16 Teradyne, Inc. Multi-stream interface for parallel test processing
US20090119542A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-07 Advantest Corporation System, method, and program product for simulating test equipment
US20090119054A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-07 Advantest Corporation Test equipment, method for loading test plan and program product
US20090119084A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-07 Advantest Corporation System, method, and program product for simulating test equipment
US7539977B1 (en) * 2005-01-21 2009-05-26 Xilinx, Inc. Automatic bug isolation in computer programming languages
US20090172649A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-07-02 Cadence Design System, Inc. Automation of software verification
US20100082315A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-04-01 Hall Giles T Interface between a verification environment and a hardware acceleration engine
US20100189003A1 (en) * 2007-07-17 2010-07-29 Advantest Corporation Test apparatus and circuit apparatus
US20120110525A1 (en) * 2010-11-02 2012-05-03 Global Unichip Corporation Hybrid electronic design system and reconfigurable connection matrix thereof
US20120204069A1 (en) * 2011-02-03 2012-08-09 Arm Limited Integrated circuit and method for testing memory on the integrated circuit
US20130007525A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 International Business Machines Corporation Test architecture based on intelligent test sequence
US20130024729A1 (en) * 2011-07-21 2013-01-24 Microsoft Corporation Optimizing system usage when running quality tests in a virtual machine environment
US8402438B1 (en) 2007-12-03 2013-03-19 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Method and system for generating verification information and tests for software
WO2014172001A1 (en) * 2013-04-16 2014-10-23 Advantest Corporation Implementing edit and update functionality within a development environment used to compile test plans for automated semiconductor device testing
US9170290B1 (en) 2013-08-23 2015-10-27 Audyssey Laboratories, Inc. Method for asynchronous impulse response measurement between separately clocked systems
US9274911B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2016-03-01 Advantest Corporation Using shared pins in a concurrent test execution environment
US20160202310A1 (en) * 2015-01-08 2016-07-14 Honeywell Asca Inc. Method for Testing Embedded Systems
US9785526B2 (en) 2013-04-30 2017-10-10 Advantest Corporation Automated generation of a test class pre-header from an interactive graphical user interface
US20190033372A1 (en) * 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Teradyne, Inc. Time-aligning communication channels
US10811118B2 (en) 2018-06-12 2020-10-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Test interface boards, test systems, and methods of operating test interface boards
US20210231733A1 (en) * 2007-06-07 2021-07-29 Texas Instruments Incorporated Synchronizing a device that has been power cycled to an already operational system
US11159303B1 (en) 2018-11-20 2021-10-26 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Communication system, list distribution station, communication method, and computer readable medium

Families Citing this family (115)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7197417B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-03-27 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US7184917B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-02-27 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Method and system for controlling interchangeable components in a modular test system
US6898534B2 (en) * 2003-05-05 2005-05-24 Texas Instruments Incorporated DC measurement method and system using sigma-delta modulation pattern
US20050097565A1 (en) * 2003-10-31 2005-05-05 Udo Klein Gathering message information
US7197416B2 (en) * 2004-05-22 2007-03-27 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Supporting calibration and diagnostics in an open architecture test system
US7210087B2 (en) * 2004-05-22 2007-04-24 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Method and system for simulating a modular test system
US20060020553A1 (en) * 2004-07-26 2006-01-26 Septon Daven W License proxy process to facilitate license sharing between a plurality of applications
DE102004041822A1 (en) * 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Robert Bosch Gmbh Function unit for carrying out logical test cases on a test system coupled to a unit to be tested and corresponding method
US7457832B2 (en) * 2004-08-31 2008-11-25 Microsoft Corporation Verifying dynamically generated operations on a data store
US7516058B2 (en) * 2004-09-21 2009-04-07 Faraday Technology Corp. Method for IP characterization and path finding, and computer readable recording medium for storing program thereof
GB2418750A (en) * 2004-10-01 2006-04-05 Nec Technologies DLL component having export function through an interface
US8082541B2 (en) * 2004-12-09 2011-12-20 Advantest Corporation Method and system for performing installation and configuration management of tester instrument modules
US20060126799A1 (en) * 2004-12-15 2006-06-15 Microsoft Corporation Fault injection
WO2006081869A1 (en) * 2004-12-23 2006-08-10 Airbus Deutschland Gmbh Device and method for testing components and systems
US7543200B2 (en) * 2005-02-17 2009-06-02 Advantest Corporation Method and system for scheduling tests in a parallel test system
US8214800B2 (en) * 2005-03-02 2012-07-03 Advantest Corporation Compact representation of vendor hardware module revisions in an open architecture test system
US7254508B2 (en) * 2005-04-29 2007-08-07 Teradyne, Inc. Site loops
US7487422B2 (en) * 2005-04-29 2009-02-03 Teradyne, Inc. Delayed processing of site-aware objects
US7253607B2 (en) * 2005-04-29 2007-08-07 Teradyne, Inc. Site-aware objects
JP4427002B2 (en) * 2005-05-20 2010-03-03 株式会社アドバンテスト Program debugging device for semiconductor testing
US7668234B2 (en) * 2005-06-14 2010-02-23 Anritsu Corp. Test signal generating apparatus for communications equipment and test signal generating method for communications equipment
US20070022349A1 (en) * 2005-07-07 2007-01-25 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Test apparatus with tester channel availability identification
US20070038851A1 (en) * 2005-08-12 2007-02-15 Babaria Amit G Method for programming secure data into integrated circuits
JP4935044B2 (en) * 2005-10-11 2012-05-23 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Ultraviolet curable ink set and image recording method
EP1864219A1 (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-12-12 Mentor Graphics Corporation Monitoring physical parameters in an emulation environment
US7567947B2 (en) 2006-04-04 2009-07-28 Optimaltest Ltd. Methods and systems for semiconductor testing using a testing scenario language
US7853828B2 (en) * 2006-05-11 2010-12-14 Verigy (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Graphically extensible, hardware independent method to inspect and modify state of test equipment
US7590903B2 (en) * 2006-05-15 2009-09-15 Verigy (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Re-configurable architecture for automated test equipment
US8332818B1 (en) * 2006-06-26 2012-12-11 Versata Development Group, Inc. Flash testing framework
US7532024B2 (en) * 2006-07-05 2009-05-12 Optimaltest Ltd. Methods and systems for semiconductor testing using reference dice
CN101512359A (en) * 2006-07-10 2009-08-19 阿斯特瑞昂公司 System and method for performing processing in a testing system
WO2008020840A2 (en) * 2006-08-15 2008-02-21 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method for programming secure data into integrated circuits
US8065661B2 (en) * 2006-08-29 2011-11-22 Sap Ag Test engine
US8131644B2 (en) 2006-08-29 2012-03-06 Sap Ag Formular update
US7590954B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2009-09-15 Litepoint Corp. Test solution development method
US7640132B2 (en) * 2007-04-23 2009-12-29 Advantest Corporation Recording medium and test apparatus
US8131387B2 (en) * 2007-08-09 2012-03-06 Teradyne, Inc. Integrated high-efficiency microwave sourcing control process
US8140986B2 (en) * 2007-09-27 2012-03-20 International Business Machines Corporation Generating test scenarios using reusable triggers indicating graphical user interface (GUI) elements and actions
US8310270B2 (en) * 2007-10-04 2012-11-13 Teradyne, Inc. Emulating behavior of a legacy test system
US7983893B2 (en) 2008-01-08 2011-07-19 Mentor Graphics Corporation Fault support in an emulation environment
US8214195B2 (en) * 2008-03-21 2012-07-03 Mentor Graphics Corporation Testing in a hardware emulation environment
US20090248390A1 (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-01 Eric Durand Trace debugging in a hardware emulation environment
DE102008022132A1 (en) 2008-05-05 2009-11-19 Airbus Deutschland Gmbh Method for configuring a test device, test method and test device
KR101452959B1 (en) * 2008-06-02 2014-10-24 삼성전자주식회사 Mount-type test equipment and method thereof
US8589886B2 (en) * 2008-07-07 2013-11-19 Qualisystems Ltd. System and method for automatic hardware and software sequencing of computer-aided design (CAD) functionality testing
US8171045B2 (en) * 2008-07-31 2012-05-01 Xsevo Systems, Inc. Record based code structure
US8005639B2 (en) * 2008-09-04 2011-08-23 Flextronics Ap, Llc Compact framework for automated testing
US8135659B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2012-03-13 Sap Ag System configuration comparison to identify process variation
US8396893B2 (en) * 2008-12-11 2013-03-12 Sap Ag Unified configuration of multiple applications
US8255429B2 (en) 2008-12-17 2012-08-28 Sap Ag Configuration change without disruption of incomplete processes
US8112249B2 (en) * 2008-12-22 2012-02-07 Optimaltest Ltd. System and methods for parametric test time reduction
US10235269B2 (en) * 2009-09-11 2019-03-19 International Business Machines Corporation System and method to produce business case metrics based on defect analysis starter (DAS) results
US8495583B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2013-07-23 International Business Machines Corporation System and method to determine defect risks in software solutions
US8578341B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2013-11-05 International Business Machines Corporation System and method to map defect reduction data to organizational maturity profiles for defect projection modeling
US8539438B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2013-09-17 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for efficient creation and reconciliation of macro and micro level test plans
US8893086B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2014-11-18 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for resource modeling and simulation in test planning
US8527955B2 (en) * 2009-09-11 2013-09-03 International Business Machines Corporation System and method to classify automated code inspection services defect output for defect analysis
US8094566B2 (en) * 2009-12-24 2012-01-10 Advantest Corporation Test apparatus and test method
CN102869998B (en) * 2010-01-20 2015-02-11 爱德万测试(新加坡)私人有限公司 Method and apparatus for testing device-under-test
US8621426B2 (en) * 2010-02-22 2013-12-31 Intel Corporation Automated top down process to minimize test configurations for multi-feature products
US8539446B2 (en) * 2010-02-22 2013-09-17 Satwant Kaur Reduced interoperability validation sets for multi-feature products
JP2012064284A (en) * 2010-09-17 2012-03-29 Toshiba Corp Memory tester
US8776014B2 (en) 2010-09-23 2014-07-08 Microsoft Corporation Software build analysis
TW201301135A (en) * 2011-06-16 2013-01-01 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd System and method for converting component data
US9104795B2 (en) * 2011-06-28 2015-08-11 International Business Machines Corporation Integrating compiler warnings into a debug session
US20130007517A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 International Business Machines Corporation Checkpoint Recovery Utility for Programs and Compilers
EP2557501B1 (en) * 2011-08-11 2016-03-16 Intel Deutschland GmbH Circuit arrangement and method for testing same
US9939488B2 (en) * 2011-08-31 2018-04-10 Teseda Corporation Field triage of EOS failures in semiconductor devices
US9098633B2 (en) * 2011-09-07 2015-08-04 Hewlett-Packard Indigo B.V. Application testing
US10048304B2 (en) * 2011-10-25 2018-08-14 Teradyne, Inc. Test system supporting simplified configuration for controlling test block concurrency
TWI447410B (en) * 2011-12-19 2014-08-01 Azurewave Technologies Inc System of testing multiple rf modules and method thereof
US9489184B2 (en) * 2011-12-30 2016-11-08 Oracle International Corporation Adaptive selection of programming language versions for compilation of software programs
JP5841458B2 (en) * 2012-03-01 2016-01-13 株式会社アドバンテスト Test equipment and test modules
JP2013250250A (en) 2012-06-04 2013-12-12 Advantest Corp Tester hardware and test system using the same
US9582625B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2017-02-28 Mentor Graphics Corporation Test bench transaction synchronization in a debugging environment
US8893065B2 (en) 2012-07-11 2014-11-18 Mentor Graphics Corporation Biometric markers in a debugging environment
US8782581B2 (en) * 2012-07-12 2014-07-15 Mentor Graphics Corporation Test bench hierarchy and connectivity in a debugging environment
US9217772B2 (en) * 2012-07-31 2015-12-22 Infineon Technologies Ag Systems and methods for characterizing devices
US8918763B2 (en) * 2013-01-30 2014-12-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Marked test script creation
US11009550B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2021-05-18 Advantest Corporation Test architecture with an FPGA based test board to simulate a DUT or end-point
US10161993B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2018-12-25 Advantest Corporation Tester with acceleration on memory and acceleration for automatic pattern generation within a FPGA block
US10162007B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2018-12-25 Advantest Corporation Test architecture having multiple FPGA based hardware accelerator blocks for testing multiple DUTs independently
US9952276B2 (en) * 2013-02-21 2018-04-24 Advantest Corporation Tester with mixed protocol engine in a FPGA block
US9810729B2 (en) 2013-02-28 2017-11-07 Advantest Corporation Tester with acceleration for packet building within a FPGA block
DE102013006012A1 (en) * 2013-04-09 2014-10-09 Airbus Defence and Space GmbH Multi-user test environment for a plurality of test objects
US20140358514A1 (en) * 2013-05-31 2014-12-04 Nvidia Corporation System and method for automatically generating offline result emulation files from a testflow
JP2014235127A (en) * 2013-06-04 2014-12-15 株式会社アドバンテスト Test system, control program, and configuration data write method
US9310427B2 (en) 2013-07-24 2016-04-12 Advantest Corporation High speed tester communication interface between test slice and trays
US9329875B2 (en) * 2014-04-28 2016-05-03 International Business Machines Corporation Global entry point and local entry point for callee function
TWI569028B (en) * 2014-05-02 2017-02-01 塞拉有限公司 Debugging system
US10320612B2 (en) * 2014-06-20 2019-06-11 Tellabs Operations, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing automatic node configuration using a dongle
EP3032270A1 (en) * 2014-12-12 2016-06-15 Airbus Defence and Space, S.A. Method and system for performing electrical tests to complex devices
US9424081B2 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-08-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Managing callback operations in emulated environments
US9627000B1 (en) * 2015-12-14 2017-04-18 Facebook, Inc. Canary testing for storage devices
US10783311B2 (en) 2016-10-31 2020-09-22 Synopsys, Inc. DRC processing tool for early stage IC layout designs
US9739827B1 (en) * 2016-12-23 2017-08-22 Advanced Testing Technologies, Inc. Automated waveform analysis using a parallel automated development system
US10598722B1 (en) 2016-12-23 2020-03-24 Advanced Testing Technologies, Inc. Automated waveform analysis methods using a parallel automated development system
CN107025171A (en) * 2017-03-10 2017-08-08 深圳航天科技创新研究院 A kind of method for realizing virtual checking system failure injection
US10191736B2 (en) * 2017-04-28 2019-01-29 Servicenow, Inc. Systems and methods for tracking configuration file changes
US11002787B2 (en) * 2018-03-06 2021-05-11 Advantest Corporation Scalable platform for system level testing
US10628276B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-04-21 International Business Machines Corporation Unit test framework for testing code in a gateway service
WO2020063483A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Changxin Memory Technologies, Inc. Chip test method, apparatus, device, and system
US11156659B2 (en) * 2018-11-13 2021-10-26 Advantest Corporation Optimization and scheduling of the handling of devices in the automation process
CN109446718B (en) * 2018-11-15 2023-06-20 清能华控科技有限公司 Visual development method and system for protection device and control device
US10976361B2 (en) 2018-12-20 2021-04-13 Advantest Corporation Automated test equipment (ATE) support framework for solid state device (SSD) odd sector sizes and protection modes
CN113518976A (en) * 2019-01-10 2021-10-19 特克特朗尼克公司 Decomposed distributed measurement analysis system using dynamic application builder
US11137910B2 (en) 2019-03-04 2021-10-05 Advantest Corporation Fast address to sector number/offset translation to support odd sector size testing
US11237202B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2022-02-01 Advantest Corporation Non-standard sector size system support for SSD testing
US10866885B2 (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-12-15 Intel Corporation Programmatically generating software test libraries for functional safety
US10884847B1 (en) 2019-08-20 2021-01-05 Advantest Corporation Fast parallel CRC determination to support SSD testing
TWI773140B (en) * 2020-03-05 2022-08-01 日商愛德萬測試股份有限公司 Graphical user interface for traffic capture and debugging tool
US11650893B2 (en) * 2020-03-31 2023-05-16 Advantest Corporation Multiple name space test systems and methods
CN111611007B (en) * 2020-05-21 2023-08-29 掌阅科技股份有限公司 Method and equipment for packaging application program installation package based on script realization
CN112134861B (en) * 2020-09-11 2023-04-07 杭州安恒信息安全技术有限公司 Attack and defense drilling equipment
CN113051114A (en) * 2021-03-19 2021-06-29 无锡市软测认证有限公司 Method for improving chip testing efficiency

Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5425036A (en) * 1992-09-18 1995-06-13 Quickturn Design Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for debugging reconfigurable emulation systems
US5841967A (en) * 1996-10-17 1998-11-24 Quickturn Design Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for design verification using emulation and simulation
US5931953A (en) * 1995-09-25 1999-08-03 Credence Systems Corporation Parallel processing integrated circuit tester
US5951704A (en) * 1997-02-19 1999-09-14 Advantest Corp. Test system emulator
US5991907A (en) * 1996-02-02 1999-11-23 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method for testing field programmable gate arrays
US6009256A (en) * 1997-05-02 1999-12-28 Axis Systems, Inc. Simulation/emulation system and method
US6026230A (en) * 1997-05-02 2000-02-15 Axis Systems, Inc. Memory simulation system and method
US6028439A (en) * 1997-10-31 2000-02-22 Credence Systems Corporation Modular integrated circuit tester with distributed synchronization and control
US6077304A (en) * 1996-04-15 2000-06-20 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Verification system for simulator
US6202182B1 (en) * 1998-06-30 2001-03-13 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for testing field programmable gate arrays
US20010016922A1 (en) * 1999-12-27 2001-08-23 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Emulator and method of emulation for testing a system
US20020038203A1 (en) * 2000-09-25 2002-03-28 Takehiko Tsuchiya Design verification system and method
US6487700B1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2002-11-26 Advantest Corporation Semiconductor device simulating apparatus and semiconductor test program debugging apparatus using it
US20020193980A1 (en) * 2001-05-10 2002-12-19 Shinsaku Higashi Semiconductor test program debugging apparatus
US20030005375A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-02 Krech Alan S. Algorithmically programmable memory tester with test sites operating in a slave mode
US6631487B1 (en) * 1999-09-27 2003-10-07 Lattice Semiconductor Corp. On-line testing of field programmable gate array resources
US6785873B1 (en) * 1997-05-02 2004-08-31 Axis Systems, Inc. Emulation system with multiple asynchronous clocks

Family Cites Families (60)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0143623A3 (en) * 1983-11-25 1987-09-23 Mars Incorporated Automatic test equipment
US4758920A (en) 1987-03-02 1988-07-19 Oneac Corporation Telephone and data overvoltage protection apparatus
JP2583057B2 (en) 1987-05-29 1997-02-19 株式会社 アドバンテスト IC test system
JP2587941B2 (en) 1987-05-29 1997-03-05 株式会社 アドバンテスト IC test system
JPS63315971A (en) 1987-06-19 1988-12-23 Advantest Corp Ic testing system
JPH02246841A (en) 1989-03-17 1990-10-02 Hitachi Ltd Control device and method thereof for automobile
US5025205A (en) * 1989-06-22 1991-06-18 Texas Instruments Incorporated Reconfigurable architecture for logic test system
JPH03130839A (en) 1989-10-17 1991-06-04 Chubu Nippon Denki Software Kk On-line simulation system
US5181201A (en) * 1990-02-07 1993-01-19 General Dynamics Land Systems Inc. Interface chip device
US5675544A (en) * 1990-06-25 1997-10-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method and apparatus for parallel testing of memory circuits
JPH04180127A (en) 1990-11-15 1992-06-26 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Method for transforming class into file
JPH04204271A (en) 1990-11-30 1992-07-24 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Ic test device
JPH0561657A (en) 1991-09-04 1993-03-12 Pfu Ltd Program editing system
US5262716A (en) * 1992-04-21 1993-11-16 Hewlett-Packard Company Tester calibration procedure which includes fixturing
US5371883A (en) * 1993-03-26 1994-12-06 International Business Machines Corporation Method of testing programs in a distributed environment
US5488573A (en) * 1993-09-02 1996-01-30 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method for generating test programs
US6055659A (en) * 1999-02-26 2000-04-25 Texas Instruments Incorporated Boundary scan with latching output buffer and weak input buffer
US5668745A (en) * 1995-10-20 1997-09-16 Lsi Logic Corporation Method and apparatus for testing of semiconductor devices
JP3302547B2 (en) 1995-12-05 2002-07-15 株式会社ピーエフユー Method and system for creating test vector in logic simulator
US5892949A (en) 1996-08-30 1999-04-06 Schlumberger Technologies, Inc. ATE test programming architecture
US6182258B1 (en) 1997-06-03 2001-01-30 Verisity Ltd. Method and apparatus for test generation during circuit design
US5828674A (en) 1997-09-16 1998-10-27 Teradyne, Inc. Production interface for integrated circuit test system
US6163805A (en) * 1997-10-07 2000-12-19 Hewlett-Packard Company Distributed automated testing system
US6195774B1 (en) * 1998-08-13 2001-02-27 Xilinx, Inc. Boundary-scan method using object-oriented programming language
US6061283A (en) 1998-10-23 2000-05-09 Advantest Corp. Semiconductor integrated circuit evaluation system
JP2000163456A (en) 1998-11-25 2000-06-16 Hitachi Ltd Logic verifying method
US6185708B1 (en) 1998-11-27 2001-02-06 Advantest Corp. Maintenance free test system
US6601018B1 (en) 1999-02-04 2003-07-29 International Business Machines Corporation Automatic test framework system and method in software component testing
US6427223B1 (en) * 1999-04-30 2002-07-30 Synopsys, Inc. Method and apparatus for adaptive verification of circuit designs
US6476628B1 (en) * 1999-06-28 2002-11-05 Teradyne, Inc. Semiconductor parallel tester
US6678643B1 (en) 1999-06-28 2004-01-13 Advantest Corp. Event based semiconductor test system
US6405364B1 (en) * 1999-08-31 2002-06-11 Accenture Llp Building techniques in a development architecture framework
US20020138244A1 (en) * 1999-09-30 2002-09-26 Meyer Steven J. Simulator independent object code HDL simulation using PLI
US6629282B1 (en) * 1999-11-05 2003-09-30 Advantest Corp. Module based flexible semiconductor test system
JP2001195275A (en) 2000-01-11 2001-07-19 Advantest Corp Program execution system for semiconductor testing device
US6970814B1 (en) * 2000-03-30 2005-11-29 International Business Machines Corporation Remote IP simulation modeling
US6651204B1 (en) * 2000-06-01 2003-11-18 Advantest Corp. Modular architecture for memory testing on event based test system
ATE298904T1 (en) * 2000-07-07 2005-07-15 Sun Microsystems Inc TESTING A SOFTWARE PACKAGE
CN1154045C (en) 2000-07-25 2004-06-16 华为技术有限公司 Combined simulation system across platforms
CA2321346A1 (en) * 2000-09-28 2002-03-28 Stephen K. Sunter Method, system and program product for testing and/or diagnosing circuits using embedded test controller access data
US6892328B2 (en) * 2000-09-29 2005-05-10 Tanisys Technology, Inc. Method and system for distributed testing of electronic devices
US6868513B1 (en) * 2000-10-26 2005-03-15 International Business Machines Corporation Automated multi-device test process and system
DE10126591B4 (en) * 2001-05-31 2016-01-14 Polaris Innovations Ltd. Test device for dynamic memory modules
US6920461B2 (en) * 2001-07-10 2005-07-19 Microsoft Corp. Application program interface for network software platform
US6782336B2 (en) * 2001-09-17 2004-08-24 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Test outputs using an idle bus
KR100442696B1 (en) * 2001-12-19 2004-08-02 삼성전자주식회사 Parallel testing system of semiconductor memory devices
WO2003085706A1 (en) * 2002-04-11 2003-10-16 Advantest Corporation Manufacturing method and apparatus to avoid prototype-hold in asic/soc manufacturing
US7055135B2 (en) * 2002-05-06 2006-05-30 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method for debugging an integrated circuit
US6976105B1 (en) * 2002-12-11 2005-12-13 Cypress Semiconductor Corp. Apparatus and method for attaching multiple devices to a host
US6779170B1 (en) * 2002-12-11 2004-08-17 Nvidia Corporation Method and apparatus for performing logic emulation
US7460988B2 (en) * 2003-03-31 2008-12-02 Advantest Corporation Test emulator, test module emulator, and record medium storing program therein
US7290192B2 (en) * 2003-03-31 2007-10-30 Advantest Corporation Test apparatus and test method for testing plurality of devices in parallel
TWI344595B (en) 2003-02-14 2011-07-01 Advantest Corp Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US7184917B2 (en) * 2003-02-14 2007-02-27 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Method and system for controlling interchangeable components in a modular test system
US7209851B2 (en) * 2003-02-14 2007-04-24 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US7197417B2 (en) * 2003-02-14 2007-03-27 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US20040225459A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2004-11-11 Advantest Corporation Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US7430486B2 (en) * 2004-05-22 2008-09-30 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Datalog support in a modular test system
US7210087B2 (en) * 2004-05-22 2007-04-24 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Method and system for simulating a modular test system
US7197416B2 (en) 2004-05-22 2007-03-27 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Supporting calibration and diagnostics in an open architecture test system

Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5425036A (en) * 1992-09-18 1995-06-13 Quickturn Design Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for debugging reconfigurable emulation systems
US5931953A (en) * 1995-09-25 1999-08-03 Credence Systems Corporation Parallel processing integrated circuit tester
US5991907A (en) * 1996-02-02 1999-11-23 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method for testing field programmable gate arrays
US6108806A (en) * 1996-02-02 2000-08-22 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method of testing and diagnosing field programmable gate arrays
US6077304A (en) * 1996-04-15 2000-06-20 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Verification system for simulator
US5841967A (en) * 1996-10-17 1998-11-24 Quickturn Design Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for design verification using emulation and simulation
US5951704A (en) * 1997-02-19 1999-09-14 Advantest Corp. Test system emulator
US6026230A (en) * 1997-05-02 2000-02-15 Axis Systems, Inc. Memory simulation system and method
US6009256A (en) * 1997-05-02 1999-12-28 Axis Systems, Inc. Simulation/emulation system and method
US6785873B1 (en) * 1997-05-02 2004-08-31 Axis Systems, Inc. Emulation system with multiple asynchronous clocks
US6028439A (en) * 1997-10-31 2000-02-22 Credence Systems Corporation Modular integrated circuit tester with distributed synchronization and control
US6202182B1 (en) * 1998-06-30 2001-03-13 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for testing field programmable gate arrays
US6487700B1 (en) * 1999-03-15 2002-11-26 Advantest Corporation Semiconductor device simulating apparatus and semiconductor test program debugging apparatus using it
US6631487B1 (en) * 1999-09-27 2003-10-07 Lattice Semiconductor Corp. On-line testing of field programmable gate array resources
US20010016922A1 (en) * 1999-12-27 2001-08-23 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Emulator and method of emulation for testing a system
US20020038203A1 (en) * 2000-09-25 2002-03-28 Takehiko Tsuchiya Design verification system and method
US20020193980A1 (en) * 2001-05-10 2002-12-19 Shinsaku Higashi Semiconductor test program debugging apparatus
US20030005375A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-02 Krech Alan S. Algorithmically programmable memory tester with test sites operating in a slave mode

Cited By (55)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100192135A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2010-07-29 Advantest Corporation Method and Structure to Develop a Test Program for Semiconductor Integrated Circuits
US20040225459A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2004-11-11 Advantest Corporation Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US8255198B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2012-08-28 Advantest Corporation Method and structure to develop a test program for semiconductor integrated circuits
US20040221251A1 (en) * 2003-05-01 2004-11-04 Ali Bozkaya Distributed infiniband verification protocol
US7051304B2 (en) * 2003-05-01 2006-05-23 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Distributed infiniband verification protocol
US20050246584A1 (en) * 2004-04-16 2005-11-03 Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd. Test data managing system and method
US20050262414A1 (en) * 2004-05-22 2005-11-24 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Datalog support in a modular test system
US7430486B2 (en) * 2004-05-22 2008-09-30 Advantest America R&D Center, Inc. Datalog support in a modular test system
US20060036907A1 (en) * 2004-08-11 2006-02-16 Emc Corporation Area-and product-independent test automation system and method for automatically synchronizing tests of multiple devices
US7539977B1 (en) * 2005-01-21 2009-05-26 Xilinx, Inc. Automatic bug isolation in computer programming languages
EP1870725A4 (en) * 2005-03-07 2009-01-07 Advantest Corp Test device, test method, electronic device manufacturing method, test simulator, and test simulation method
US20060247882A1 (en) * 2005-03-07 2006-11-02 Advantest Corporation Test apparatus, test method, electronic device manufacturing method, test simulator and test simulation method
EP1870725A1 (en) * 2005-03-07 2007-12-26 Advantest Corporation Test device, test method, electronic device manufacturing method, test simulator, and test simulation method
US7532994B2 (en) 2005-03-07 2009-05-12 Advantest Corporation Test apparatus, test method, electronic device manufacturing method, test simulator and test simulation method
US20060224926A1 (en) * 2005-03-30 2006-10-05 Advantest Corporation Diagnostic program, a switching program, a testing apparatus, and a diagnostic method
US7802140B2 (en) * 2005-03-30 2010-09-21 Advantest Corporation Diagnostic program, a switching program, a testing apparatus, and a diagnostic method
WO2007092271A3 (en) * 2006-02-03 2008-01-10 Teradyne Inc Multi-stream interface for parallel test processing
US20070208985A1 (en) * 2006-02-03 2007-09-06 Teradyne, Inc. Multi-stream interface for parallel test processing
US7673199B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2010-03-02 Teradyne, Inc. Multi-stream interface for parallel test processing
WO2007092271A2 (en) * 2006-02-03 2007-08-16 Teradyne, Inc. Multi-stream interface for parallel test processing
US7209849B1 (en) * 2006-02-27 2007-04-24 Advantest Corporation Test system, added apparatus, and test method
US11867759B2 (en) 2007-06-07 2024-01-09 Texas Instruments Incorporated Synchronizing a device that has been power cycled to an already operational system
US11567129B2 (en) * 2007-06-07 2023-01-31 Texas Instruments Incorporated Synchronizing a device that has been power cycled to an already operational system
US20210231733A1 (en) * 2007-06-07 2021-07-29 Texas Instruments Incorporated Synchronizing a device that has been power cycled to an already operational system
US8516430B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2013-08-20 Advantest Corporation Test apparatus and circuit apparatus
US20100189003A1 (en) * 2007-07-17 2010-07-29 Advantest Corporation Test apparatus and circuit apparatus
US7809520B2 (en) 2007-11-05 2010-10-05 Advantest Corporation Test equipment, method for loading test plan and program product
US20090119542A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-07 Advantest Corporation System, method, and program product for simulating test equipment
US20090119054A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-07 Advantest Corporation Test equipment, method for loading test plan and program product
US20090119084A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-07 Advantest Corporation System, method, and program product for simulating test equipment
US8924937B1 (en) 2007-12-03 2014-12-30 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Method and system for generating verification information and tests for software
US8402438B1 (en) 2007-12-03 2013-03-19 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Method and system for generating verification information and tests for software
US8156474B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2012-04-10 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Automation of software verification
US20090172649A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-07-02 Cadence Design System, Inc. Automation of software verification
US8504344B2 (en) * 2008-09-30 2013-08-06 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Interface between a verification environment and a hardware acceleration engine
US20100082315A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-04-01 Hall Giles T Interface between a verification environment and a hardware acceleration engine
US8744832B2 (en) * 2010-11-02 2014-06-03 Global Unichip Corporation Hybrid electronic design system and reconfigurable connection matrix thereof
US20120110525A1 (en) * 2010-11-02 2012-05-03 Global Unichip Corporation Hybrid electronic design system and reconfigurable connection matrix thereof
US20120204069A1 (en) * 2011-02-03 2012-08-09 Arm Limited Integrated circuit and method for testing memory on the integrated circuit
US8839057B2 (en) * 2011-02-03 2014-09-16 Arm Limited Integrated circuit and method for testing memory on the integrated circuit
US20130007525A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 International Business Machines Corporation Test architecture based on intelligent test sequence
US8661293B2 (en) * 2011-06-30 2014-02-25 International Business Machines Corporation Test architecture based on intelligent test sequence
US8793535B2 (en) * 2011-07-21 2014-07-29 Microsoft Corporation Optimizing system usage when running quality tests in a virtual machine environment
US20130024729A1 (en) * 2011-07-21 2013-01-24 Microsoft Corporation Optimizing system usage when running quality tests in a virtual machine environment
US9274911B2 (en) 2013-02-21 2016-03-01 Advantest Corporation Using shared pins in a concurrent test execution environment
WO2014172001A1 (en) * 2013-04-16 2014-10-23 Advantest Corporation Implementing edit and update functionality within a development environment used to compile test plans for automated semiconductor device testing
US9785542B2 (en) 2013-04-16 2017-10-10 Advantest Corporation Implementing edit and update functionality within a development environment used to compile test plans for automated semiconductor device testing
US9785526B2 (en) 2013-04-30 2017-10-10 Advantest Corporation Automated generation of a test class pre-header from an interactive graphical user interface
US9170290B1 (en) 2013-08-23 2015-10-27 Audyssey Laboratories, Inc. Method for asynchronous impulse response measurement between separately clocked systems
US9494651B2 (en) * 2015-01-08 2016-11-15 Honeywell Limited Method for testing embedded systems
US20160202310A1 (en) * 2015-01-08 2016-07-14 Honeywell Asca Inc. Method for Testing Embedded Systems
US10564219B2 (en) * 2017-07-27 2020-02-18 Teradyne, Inc. Time-aligning communication channels
US20190033372A1 (en) * 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Teradyne, Inc. Time-aligning communication channels
US10811118B2 (en) 2018-06-12 2020-10-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Test interface boards, test systems, and methods of operating test interface boards
US11159303B1 (en) 2018-11-20 2021-10-26 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Communication system, list distribution station, communication method, and computer readable medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ATE390637T1 (en) 2008-04-15
US8255198B2 (en) 2012-08-28
US20040225459A1 (en) 2004-11-11
US20100192135A1 (en) 2010-07-29
US20040225465A1 (en) 2004-11-11
US7437261B2 (en) 2008-10-14
US20080016396A1 (en) 2008-01-17
US20080010524A1 (en) 2008-01-10
DE602004012714D1 (en) 2008-05-08
DE602004012714T2 (en) 2009-04-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20050039079A1 (en) Test emulator, test module emulator, and record medium storing program therein
EP1610136B1 (en) Test emulator
EP1592975B1 (en) Method and apparatus for testing integrated circuits
JP3911007B1 (en) Method and system for simulating a modular test system
JP2006518460A5 (en)
US20050022087A1 (en) Method and system for controlling interchangeable components in a modular test system
JP4608516B2 (en) Method for integrating test modules into a modular test system and modular test system
JP2007057541A (en) Test emulator
JP2009116876A (en) Simulation system and method for test device, and program product
JP2009116878A (en) Simulation system and method for test device, and program product
CN100456043C (en) Method and apparatus for testing integrated circuits
TWI287639B (en) A distributed operating system for a semiconductor test system for testing at least one device under test
JP2005285092A (en) Test emulation apparatus
Rajsuman et al. Open architecture test system: System architecture and design
KR20070035507A (en) Method and system for controlling interchangeable component in a modular test system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ADVANTEST CORPORATION, JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HIGASHI, SHINSAKU;ICHIYOSHI, SEIJI;PRAMANICK, ANKAN;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:015938/0630;SIGNING DATES FROM 20040705 TO 20040726

AS Assignment

Owner name: ADVANTEST CORPORATION, JAPAN

Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE EXECUTION DATE, PREVIOUSLY RECORDED AT REEL/FRAME 0159;ASSIGNORS:HIGASHI, SHINSAKU;ICHIYOSHI, SEIJI;PRAMANICK, ANKAN;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:016614/0825;SIGNING DATES FROM 20040705 TO 20040726

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION